Prove2Me
Navigate
DiscoverCollectionsFormalpediaBlogsUsersMomentumMy Missions+
Prove2Me
⌕
Log in

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

Markov Chain

189 missions · 85 completed

Missions

Open104Completed85All189
🏆Completed
Dynamic ProgrammingOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Stochastic Dynamic Programming and the Control of Queueing Systems IV: Average Cost Optimal Stationary Policies Exist for Finite State SpacesTextbook

Why average cost on finite state spaces

Controlled queues, inventories and communication links are run for a long time, and the quantity an operator usually cares about is the long-run average cost per period rather than a discounted total. The average cost criterion is harder to work with than the discounted one: its value is a lim sup⁡\limsuplimsup of Cesàro means, it is not given by a contraction, and for general (history dependent, randomized) policies the limit need not exist. Chapter 6 of L. I. Sennott, Stochastic Dynamic Programming and the Control of Queueing Systems (Wiley, 1999) treats the case of a finite state space, where the strongest results hold: an average cost optimal policy exists, can be taken stationary, and can be obtained as a limit of discount optimal policies as the discount factor tends to one.

The results go back to D. Blackwell, "Discrete dynamic programming", Ann. Math. Statist. 33 (1962), who showed that for finite states and actions some stationary policy is discount optimal for all discount factors close to one. Such a policy is now called Blackwell optimal. Sennott's Chapter 6 derives average cost optimality of this policy and the multichain average cost optimality equation from it, in the notation used throughout the book.

Setting

A Markov decision chain (MDC) Δ\DeltaΔ has a countable state space SSS, a finite nonempty action set AiA_iAi​ in each state iii, nonnegative finite costs C(i,a)C(i,a)C(i,a), and transition probabilities Pij(a)P_{ij}(a)Pij​(a) with ∑jPij(a)=1\sum_j P_{ij}(a) = 1∑j​Pij​(a)=1. A policy θ\thetaθ chooses the action at time ttt from a distribution θ(⋅∣ht)\theta(\cdot \mid h_t)θ(⋅∣ht​) on AitA_{i_t}Ait​​ that may depend on the whole history ht=(i0,a0,…,it)h_t = (i_0,a_0,\ldots,i_t)ht​=(i0​,a0​,…,it​). A stationary policy fff always chooses a fixed action f(i)∈Aif(i) \in A_if(i)∈Ai​ in state iii.

With Xt,AtX_t, A_tXt​,At​ the state and action at time ttt and X0=iX_0 = iX0​=i, define

  • the discounted cost Vθ,α(i)=∑t≥0αtEθ[C(Xt,At)]V_{\theta,\alpha}(i) = \sum_{t \ge 0} \alpha^t E_\theta[C(X_t,A_t)]Vθ,α​(i)=∑t≥0​αtEθ​[C(Xt​,At​)] for 0<α<10<\alpha<10<α<1, and the discounted value function Vα(i)=inf⁡θVθ,α(i)V_\alpha(i) = \inf_\theta V_{\theta,\alpha}(i)Vα​(i)=infθ​Vθ,α​(i);
  • the nnn horizon cost vθ,n(i)=∑t=0n−1Eθ[C(Xt,At)]v_{\theta,n}(i) = \sum_{t=0}^{n-1} E_\theta[C(X_t,A_t)]vθ,n​(i)=∑t=0n−1​Eθ​[C(Xt​,At​)];
  • the average cost Jθ(i)=lim sup⁡nvθ,n(i)/nJ_\theta(i) = \limsup_n v_{\theta,n}(i)/nJθ​(i)=limsupn​vθ,n​(i)/n, its lim inf⁡\liminfliminf version Jθ∗(i)J^*_\theta(i)Jθ∗​(i), and the minimum average cost J(i)=inf⁡θJθ(i)J(i) = \inf_\theta J_\theta(i)J(i)=infθ​Jθ​(i).

All infima range over all general policies, and every quantity may equal +∞+\infty+∞. A policy is α\alphaα discount optimal if Vθ,α=VαV_{\theta,\alpha} = V_\alphaVθ,α​=Vα​, and average cost optimal if Jθ=JJ_\theta = JJθ​=J.

For a stationary policy fff on a finite state space, the induced Markov chain splits into positive recurrent classes R1,…,RKR_1,\ldots,R_KR1​,…,RK​ and transient states. With pk(i)p_k(i)pk​(i) the probability of reaching RkR_kRk​ from iii, distinguished states zk∈Rkz_k \in R_kzk​∈Rk​, and Wα(i)=∑kpk(i)Vα(zk)W_\alpha(i) = \sum_k p_k(i) V_\alpha(z_k)Wα​(i)=∑k​pk​(i)Vα​(zk​), the relative value function is wα(i)=Vα(i)−Wα(i)w_\alpha(i) = V_\alpha(i) - W_\alpha(i)wα​(i)=Vα​(i)−Wα​(i).

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 6.2.3

For an MDC with a finite state space there are α0∈(0,1)\alpha_0 \in (0,1)α0​∈(0,1) and one stationary policy fff such that fff is α\alphaα discount optimal for every α∈(α0,1)\alpha \in (\alpha_0,1)α∈(α0​,1), fff is average cost optimal, and

J(i)=lim⁡α→1−(1−α)Vα(i)=lim⁡n→∞vf,n(i)n,i∈S.J(i) = \lim_{\alpha\to 1^-} (1-\alpha) V_\alpha(i) = \lim_{n\to\infty} \frac{v_{f,n}(i)}{n}, \qquad i \in S.J(i)=α→1−lim​(1−α)Vα​(i)=n→∞lim​nvf,n​(i)​,i∈S.

Milestones

  1. Proposition 4.5.3. For finite SSS and stationary eee, α↦Ve,α(i)\alpha \mapsto V_{e,\alpha}(i)α↦Ve,α​(i) is a finite, continuous, rational function on (0,1)(0,1)(0,1).
  2. Proposition 6.1.1. For every policy on a countable state space,
Jθ∗(i)≤lim inf⁡α→1−(1−α)Vθ,α(i)≤lim sup⁡α→1−(1−α)Vθ,α(i)≤Jθ(i),J^*_\theta(i) \le \liminf_{\alpha\to1^-}(1-\alpha)V_{\theta,\alpha}(i) \le \limsup_{\alpha\to1^-}(1-\alpha)V_{\theta,\alpha}(i) \le J_\theta(i),Jθ∗​(i)≤α→1−liminf​(1−α)Vθ,α​(i)≤α→1−limsup​(1−α)Vθ,α​(i)≤Jθ​(i),

with three equivalent conditions for equality. 3. Proposition 6.2.2. For finite SSS and stationary eee, Je(i)=lim⁡α→1−(1−α)Ve,α(i)=lim⁡nve,n(i)/nJ_e(i) = \lim_{\alpha\to1^-}(1-\alpha)V_{e,\alpha}(i) = \lim_n v_{e,n}(i)/nJe​(i)=limα→1−​(1−α)Ve,α​(i)=limn​ve,n​(i)/n. 4. Proposition 4.5.1, Proposition 4.5.4, Corollary 4.5.5. The power series structure of Vθ,αV_{\theta,\alpha}Vθ,α​ in α\alphaα; monotonicity and left continuity of VαV_\alphaVα​; continuity under bounded costs. 5. Theorem 6.3.1. For the policy fff of the goal, lim⁡α→1−wα(i)=w(i)\lim_{\alpha \to 1^-} w_\alpha(i) = w(i)limα→1−​wα​(i)=w(i) exists, and

J(i)+w(i)=C(i,f)+∑jPij(f)w(j) ≥ min⁡a{C(i,a)+∑jPij(a)w(j)},J(i) + w(i) = C(i,f) + \sum_j P_{ij}(f) w(j) \ \ge\ \min_{a} \Big\{C(i,a) + \sum_j P_{ij}(a) w(j)\Big\},J(i)+w(i)=C(i,f)+j∑​Pij​(f)w(j) ≥ amin​{C(i,a)+j∑​Pij​(a)w(j)},

together with the limit identities (i)–(iii) and the optimality criterion (v). 6. Proposition 6.3.3. Vα(i)=J(i)/(1−α)+w∗(i)+εα(i)V_\alpha(i) = J(i)/(1-\alpha) + w^*(i) + \varepsilon_\alpha(i)Vα​(i)=J(i)/(1−α)+w∗(i)+εα​(i) with εα(i)→0\varepsilon_\alpha(i) \to 0εα​(i)→0 as α→1−\alpha \to 1^-α→1−.

Significance

The goal says that on a finite state space nothing is gained by randomizing or by remembering the past when minimizing average cost, and that the minimum average cost is the vanishing-discount limit of the discounted value function. This justifies computing average cost optimal policies through discounted problems and value iteration, the route taken in the rest of Chapter 6 and, via approximating sequences, for countable state spaces in Chapters 7 and 8. Theorem 6.3.1 supplies an optimality equation without any unichain or communication assumption. The book's Example 6.3.2 shows that the inequality in that equation can be strict, and that a stationary policy attaining the minimum need not be optimal.

The results are classical and proved in the book. No machine-checked version of them is known to exist. The platform has average-reward results for unichain finite MDPs with Markov policies (the Puterman series) and an average-cost optimality equation under recurrence assumptions (the Bertsekas series). Neither covers existence of a Blackwell optimal policy against the class of all history dependent randomized policies, or the multichain equation. A formal development also yields reusable infrastructure: the law of a controlled process under a general policy, first passage quantities of finite chains, and the Abelian inequality between Abel and Cesàro means of a nonnegative sequence.

Difficulty

The obvious argument picks, for each α\alphaα, a stationary discount optimal policy fαf_\alphafα​ and lets α→1\alpha \to 1α→1. Finiteness of the set of stationary policies gives one policy that is optimal along some sequence αn→1\alpha_n \to 1αn​→1, but not on an interval. Excluding infinite switching between two policies requires the analytic structure of α↦Vf,α(i)\alpha \mapsto V_{f,\alpha}(i)α↦Vf,α​(i) (Proposition 4.5.3), which in turn rests on matrix inversion of I−αPI - \alpha PI−αP. Passing from the discounted criterion to the average one requires an Abelian inequality for nonnegative series whose terms may be infinite (Proposition 6.1.1), and comparison against general policies rules out any argument that works only within stationary or Markov policies. For Theorem 6.3.1 the difficulty is the multichain structure: the relative value function has to be assembled class by class from first passage times and costs, and its limit must be identified.

Formalization scope

  • States form a type S; [Countable S] for Section 4.5 and Proposition 6.1.1, [Fintype S] from Section 6.2 on, as in the book. Actions form a type Act with A i : Finset Act nonempty. Costs are in ℝ≥0, transition probabilities in ℝ≥0∞.
  • A general policy is a function of the list of past state-action pairs (most recent first) and the current state, giving a distribution on A i. Stationary policies embed as degenerate policies. The law of the process is built from this data, and every infimum ranges over all general policies.
  • Vθ,αV_{\theta,\alpha}Vθ,α​, VαV_\alphaVα​, vθ,nv_{\theta,n}vθ,n​, JθJ_\thetaJθ​, Jθ∗J^*_\thetaJθ∗​, JJJ are in ℝ≥0∞, so +∞+\infty+∞ is represented. α→1−\alpha \to 1^-α→1− is the filter 𝓝[<] 1. On a finite state space these quantities are finite. The real valued objects of Section 6.3 (wαw_\alphawα​, www, w∗w^*w∗, equation (6.6)) are therefore formed with toReal, and this switch from ℝ≥0∞ to ℝ happens only in Theorem 6.3.1 and Proposition 6.3.3.
  • The objects of Section 6.3 (pkp_kpk​, mi∣km_{i|k}mi∣k​, ci∣kc_{i|k}ci∣k​, πs\pi_sπs​, WαW_\alphaWα​) are defined from fff. The distinguished states are a hypothesis quantified over.
  • A trivializing formalization would take the infimum over stationary policies only, let the optimal policy depend on α\alphaα, or state rationality as an equation p/q without requiring q≠0q \ne 0q=0. Each is excluded here: JJJ and VαV_\alphaVα​ are infima over all general policies, one pair (α0,f)(\alpha_0,f)(α0​,f) is quantified before all α\alphaα, and the denominator is required to be nonzero on (0,1)(0,1)(0,1).

Useful infrastructure includes rational functions of one real variable and their finitely many sign changes, the resolvent (I−αP)−1(I-\alpha P)^{-1}(I−αP)−1 of a stochastic matrix, the Abelian inequality for [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]-valued sequences, and renewal-reward identities for finite chains. Contributions of general lemmas on these topics are welcome, as are proofs of individual milestones.

Selected references

  • L. I. Sennott, Stochastic Dynamic Programming and the Control of Queueing Systems, Wiley, 1999. https://doi.org/10.1002/9780470317037
  • D. Blackwell, "Discrete dynamic programming", Annals of Mathematical Statistics 33 (1962), 719–726. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177704593
  • M. L. Puterman, Markov Decision Processes: Discrete Stochastic Dynamic Programming, Wiley, 1994. https://doi.org/10.1002/9780470316887
13 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Dynamic ProgrammingOperations ResearchStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Markov-Renewal Programming. I: Formulation, Finite Return Models: Policy Iteration Finds an Optimal Stationary Policy for the Discounted Infinite-Horizon Markov-Renewal ProgramResearch Paper

Motivation

Many operational systems move between a finite number of states at random times: a machine alternates between working and repair, a queue between occupancy levels, an inventory between stock positions. When the time spent in a state is not exponential and not a fixed period, neither discrete-time Markov decision processes nor continuous-time Markov chains describe the system faithfully. William S. Jewell's 1963 paper Markov-Renewal Programming. I extends Howard's Markov decision processes to Markov-renewal processes (also called semi-Markov processes), in which the time between transitions is a random variable whose law depends on the current state, the next state, and the decision taken. The resulting model, now called a semi-Markov decision process, is standard in maintenance, queueing control and reliability.

Timeline:

  • 1954: Lévy, Smith and Takács independently introduce Markov-renewal and semi-Markov processes; Pyke later surveys them.
  • 1960: Howard, Dynamic Programming and Markov Processes, introduces policy iteration for finite discrete-time Markov decision processes.
  • 1962: Blackwell, Discrete Dynamic Programming, shows that for the discounted discrete-time problem a stationary policy is optimal among all policies.
  • 1963: Jewell formulates Markov-renewal programming, with a continuous discount factor α, and carries Howard's algorithm and Blackwell's stationarity result over to it. Part II of the paper treats the undiscounted (infinite-return) models.

Setting

A Markov-renewal program has a finite set of states SSS (the paper's i=1,…,Ni = 1, \dots, Ni=1,…,N) and a finite, nonempty set of alternatives (the paper's z=1,…,Zz = 1, \dots, Zz=1,…,Z), each available in every state. For each alternative zzz and states i,ji, ji,j it specifies:

  • a transition probability pijz≥0p^z_{ij} \ge 0pijz​≥0, with ∑jpijz=1\sum_j p^z_{ij} = 1∑j​pijz​=1;
  • a sojourn-time distribution FijzF^z_{ij}Fijz​, the law of the time τ\tauτ between entering iii and moving to jjj, with τ≥0\tau \ge 0τ≥0 and Fijz(0)=0F^z_{ij}(0) = 0Fijz​(0)=0;
  • for each continuous discount factor α>0\alpha > 0α>0, a real number ρijz(α)\rho^z_{ij}(\alpha)ρijz​(α), the expected discounted return earned during that transition.

The Laplace–Stieltjes transform f~ijz(s)=∫0∞e−st dFijz(t)\tilde f^z_{ij}(s) = \int_0^\infty e^{-st}\,dF^z_{ij}(t)f~​ijz​(s)=∫0∞​e−stdFijz​(t) is the expected discount E[e−sτ]\mathbb E[e^{-s\tau}]E[e−sτ] over one interval. The average one-step return is ρiz(α)=∑jpijzρijz(α)\rho^z_i(\alpha) = \sum_j p^z_{ij}\rho^z_{ij}(\alpha)ρiz​(α)=∑j​pijz​ρijz​(α), and for a vector of returns vvv the test quantity is

ρiz(α)+∑jpijz f~ijz(α) vj.\rho^z_i(\alpha) + \sum_j p^z_{ij}\,\tilde f^z_{ij}(\alpha)\,v_j .ρiz​(α)+j∑​pijz​f~​ijz​(α)vj​.

A stationary policy is a map d:S→Ad : S \to Ad:S→A; a nonstationary policy is a sequence π=(π0,π1,… )\pi = (\pi_0, \pi_1, \dots)π=(π0​,π1​,…) of such maps, πk\pi_kπk​ being used at the kkk-th transition. The nnn-step return Viπ(n)V^\pi_i(n)Viπ​(n) of a policy, with boundary rewards Vi(0,α)V_i(0,\alpha)Vi​(0,α), is the test quantity of π0(i)\pi_0(i)π0​(i) applied to the (n−1)(n-1)(n−1)-step return of the shifted policy; the optimal nnn-step return Vi(n,α)V_i(n,\alpha)Vi​(n,α) of equation (6) replaces π0(i)\pi_0(i)π0​(i) by a maximum over zzz. The value-determination equations (15) of a stationary policy ddd are vi=ρid(i)(α)+∑jpijd(i)f~ijd(i)(α)vjv_i = \rho^{d(i)}_i(\alpha) + \sum_j p^{d(i)}_{ij}\tilde f^{d(i)}_{ij}(\alpha) v_jvi​=ρid(i)​(α)+∑j​pijd(i)​f~​ijd(i)​(α)vj​.

The algorithm of Fig. 1 alternates two steps: solve (15) for the current policy, then in every state pick an alternative maximizing the test quantity, keeping the old alternative if it still attains the maximum. It stops when two successive policies are identical.

Formalization targets

Goal (p. 947)

For every α>0\alpha > 0α>0: (15) has a unique solution for every stationary policy, and every run (dk,vk)(d_k, v_k)(dk​,vk​) of Fig. 1 reaches dK+1=dKd_{K+1} = d_KdK+1​=dK​ with K<ZNK < Z^NK<ZN, where

lim⁡n→∞VidK(n)=(vK)i,lim⁡n→∞Viπ(n)≤(vK)i  ∀π,lim⁡n→∞Vi(n,α)=(vK)i,\lim_{n\to\infty} V^{d_K}_i(n) = (v_K)_i,\qquad \lim_{n\to\infty} V^\pi_i(n) \le (v_K)_i \ \ \forall \pi,\qquad \lim_{n\to\infty} V_i(n,\alpha) = (v_K)_i ,n→∞lim​VidK​​(n)=(vK​)i​,n→∞lim​Viπ​(n)≤(vK​)i​  ∀π,n→∞lim​Vi​(n,α)=(vK​)i​,

for every state iii and all boundary rewards, every limit existing. This is the paper's "the algorithm of Fig. 1 produces an optimal, stationary policy that is as good as any optimal, nonstationary policy".

Milestones

  1. p. 945: 0≤pijzf~ijz(s)<10 \le p^z_{ij}\tilde f^z_{ij}(s) < 10≤pijz​f~​ijz​(s)<1 for s>0s > 0s>0.
  2. Claim (a): (15) has exactly one solution for each stationary policy.
  3. Eq. (15): the nnn-step return of a stationary policy converges to a solution of (15).
  4. p. 946: I−q~(α)I - \tilde q(\alpha)I−q~​(α) is invertible and ([I−q~(α)]−1)ii≥1([I-\tilde q(\alpha)]^{-1})_{ii} \ge 1([I−q~​(α)]−1)ii​≥1.
  5. Claim (b): a change of policy raises the return of some state and lowers none.
  6. Claim (c): a policy reproduced by the improvement step is optimal among stationary policies.
  7. Claim (d): a run of Fig. 1 terminates within ZNZ^NZN cycles.
  8. Eq. (14): Vi(n,α)V_i(n,\alpha)Vi​(n,α) converges, independently of the boundary rewards, to a solution of vi=max⁡z{ρiz(α)+∑jpijzf~ijz(α)vj}v_i = \max_z\{\rho^z_i(\alpha) + \sum_j p^z_{ij}\tilde f^z_{ij}(\alpha) v_j\}vi​=maxz​{ρiz​(α)+∑j​pijz​f~​ijz​(α)vj​}.
  9. p. 946: some stationary policy's return dominates the limiting return of every nonstationary policy.

Significance

The result says that the infinite-step discounted Markov-renewal program is solved exactly, in finitely many cycles, by a finite-dimensional algorithm, and that the answer is a stationary policy. As the paper notes, this matters operationally because a nonstationary policy is hard to follow. The sojourn distributions enter only through the numbers f~ijz(α)\tilde f^z_{ij}(\alpha)f~​ijz​(α), so the same algorithm serves any sojourn-time law. For fixed α\alphaα the model is a discounted Markov decision process whose discount factor depends on the transition, which contains Howard's and Blackwell's constant-discount problem as the case of intervals of fixed length (p. 943).

The results are classical and proved in the literature. The paper itself refers the proofs to Howard and Blackwell. Machine-checked versions exist on this platform for finite stochastic shortest path and constant-discount problems (Bertsekas, Dynamic Programming and Optimal Control, Prop. 7.2.2 and 7.3.1, mission Dynamic Programming and Optimal Control VII). No formal treatment of Markov-renewal programs, of transition-dependent discounting, or of the retention rule of Fig. 1 is known to exist. The mission produces a verified policy-iteration theorem for semi-Markov decision processes, with an explicit termination bound and the comparison against nonstationary policies.

Difficulty

The discount over one transition, f~ijz(α)\tilde f^z_{ij}(\alpha)f~​ijz​(α), varies with iii, jjj and zzz, so the problem is not a constant-γ\gammaγ contraction of textbook form; the relevant bound is that every row of q~(α)\tilde q(\alpha)q~​(α) sums to less than one, which rests on Fijz(0)=0F^z_{ij}(0) = 0Fijz​(0)=0. Entries in [0,1)[0, 1)[0,1) alone, the paper's stated justification of Claim (a), do not make I−q~(α)I - \tilde q(\alpha)I−q~​(α) invertible: the 2×22 \times 22×2 matrix with every entry 1/21/21/2 has entries in [0,1)[0,1)[0,1), yet III minus it is singular.

Finite termination is not automatic either. If the improvement step may switch between tied maximizers, the iterates can cycle forever between two policies with equal returns; the retention rule of Fig. 1 excludes this, and Claim (b) must deliver a strict increase in some state, with no decrease anywhere, to rule out revisiting a policy. Comparing with nonstationary policies requires controlling returns of arbitrary policy sequences, whose limits must be shown to exist, not assumed.

Formalization scope

  • States and alternatives are finite types; alternatives are nonempty. Every alternative is available in every state.
  • FijzF^z_{ij}Fijz​ is a probability measure on R\mathbb RR with no mass on (−∞,0](-\infty, 0](−∞,0]. The transform is integrated over (0,∞)(0, \infty)(0,∞), which carries all the mass.
  • The one-transition returns ρijz(α)\rho^z_{ij}(\alpha)ρijz​(α) are arbitrary real numbers, a generalization of the paper's Stieltjes integral (4), which is not formalized. The reward functions Rijz(t∣τ)R^z_{ij}(t\mid\tau)Rijz​(t∣τ) do not appear.
  • Returns of policies are defined by the one-step recursion (the policy form of (6)); the Markov-renewal process is not built as a stochastic process.
  • Policies are the paper's: deterministic and Markov, nonstationary ones indexed by the number of transitions made. Randomized and history-dependent policies are not in the comparison class.
  • The following informal words are read as follows. "Solve the set of simultaneous equations": (15) has exactly one solution. "Strictly increases the expected return of at least one state": no state's return decreases and one strictly increases, under the hypothesis that the policy changed. "No other policy can lead to higher expected returns" in Claim (c): no stationary policy. "Terminates in a finite number of cycles": two successive policies coincide at some cycle K<ZNK < Z^NK<ZN. "If there is no improvement in the test quantity, retain the same alternative": the old alternative is kept whenever it attains the maximum. "Optimal" and "as good as any nonstationary policy": the limiting return of the returned policy dominates that of every policy from every state, for all boundary rewards. "lim⁡n→∞Vi(n,α)\lim_{n\to\infty} V_i(n,\alpha)limn→∞​Vi​(n,α)": the limit is proved to exist. "max⁡z\max_zmaxz​": a maximum over the finite nonempty set of alternatives.
  • Eq. (14) is printed with vi(α)v_i(\alpha)vi​(α) inside the sum over jjj; the formalization uses vj(α)v_j(\alpha)vj​(α), as (6), (15) and Fig. 1 do.
  • Every statement fixes one α>0\alpha > 0α>0. The undiscounted models (16)–(19), the finite-time and mixed-horizon models (9)–(13), and the infinite-time case of the stationarity result are out of scope.
  • The return of a policy is never defined through a matrix inverse, whose Mathlib value for a singular matrix is 000; (15) is a predicate, and the goal asserts unique solvability, so a vacuous reading through junk inverses or assumed limits is excluded.

Reusable infrastructure: bounds for substochastic matrices with row sums below one (invertibility, Neumann series, nonnegative inverse), convergence of iterated Bellman operators with transition-dependent discount, and the policy-iteration termination argument with a tie-breaking rule. Proofs of any milestone and alternative arguments are welcome.

Selected references

  • W. S. Jewell, Markov-Renewal Programming. I: Formulation, Finite Return Models, Operations Research 11(6), 938–948, 1963. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.11.6.938
  • W. S. Jewell, Markov-Renewal Programming. II: Infinite Return Models, Example, Operations Research 11(6), 949–971, 1963. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.11.6.949
  • R. A. Howard, Dynamic Programming and Markov Processes, MIT Press, 1960.
  • D. Blackwell, Discrete Dynamic Programming, Annals of Mathematical Statistics 33(2), 719–726, 1962. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177704593
  • R. Pyke, Markov Renewal Processes: Definitions and Preliminary Properties, Annals of Mathematical Statistics 32(4), 1231–1242, 1961. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177704863
  • D. P. Bertsekas, Dynamic Programming and Optimal Control, Vol. I, 3rd ed., Athena Scientific, 2005, Section 7.2–7.3.
12 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Dynamic ProgrammingOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Robust Markov Decision Processes 1: Over s-Rectangular Ambiguity Sets, Robust Policy Improvement Is Solved by a Stationary Randomized Policy and the Fixed Point of the Robust Bellman MapResearch Paper

Motivation

A Markov decision process (MDP) is evaluated with a transition kernel that, in practice, is estimated from data. The expected total reward of a policy can be very sensitive to small errors in that estimate (Mannor, Simester, Sun and Tsitsiklis, 2007). Robust MDPs address this by letting the kernel range over an ambiguity set and optimizing the worst-case expected reward. Iyengar (2005) and Nilim and El Ghaoui (2005) showed that when the ambiguity set is (s, a)-rectangular (the transition law of each state–action pair varies independently of all others), the robust problem is solved by a robust Bellman recursion and a deterministic stationary policy is optimal.

Wiesemann, Kuhn and Rustem (Robust Markov Decision Processes, Mathematics of Operations Research 38(1), 2013) widen this to s-rectangular ambiguity sets, in which the transition laws of different actions in the same state may be coupled. Their Theorem 4.1 shows that robust policy improvement over such sets is still solved by a robust Bellman fixed point, but the optimal stationary policy may need to randomize. This mission formalizes that theorem and the chain of results its proof uses.

Timeline:

  • 2005: Iyengar; Nilim and El Ghaoui — robust dynamic programming over (s, a)-rectangular sets, deterministic stationary optimal policies.
  • 2010–2013: Wiesemann, Kuhn and Rustem — s-rectangular sets with affinely parametrized kernels; robust value iteration for evaluation (Theorem 3.2) and improvement (Theorem 4.1); randomization needed in general.

Setting

States form a finite set S\mathcal SS, actions a finite set A\mathcal AA. Choosing action aaa in state sss and moving to s′s's′ pays a reward r(s,a,s′)≥0r(s,a,s')\ge 0r(s,a,s′)≥0; rewards are discounted by λ∈(0,1)\lambda\in(0,1)λ∈(0,1) and the initial state has a known law p0p_0p0​ in the probability simplex M(S)\mathcal M(\mathcal S)M(S).

The uncertain parameter ξ\xiξ lies in

Ξ={ξ∈Rq: ξ⊤Olξ+ol⊤ξ+ωl≥0, l=1,…,L},\Xi=\{\xi\in\mathbb R^q:\ \xi^\top O_l\xi+o_l^\top\xi+\omega_l\ge 0,\ l=1,\dots,L\},Ξ={ξ∈Rq: ξ⊤Ol​ξ+ol⊤​ξ+ωl​≥0, l=1,…,L},

with OlO_lOl​ symmetric negative semidefinite, Ξ\XiΞ bounded and containing a Slater point. Transition probabilities are affine in the parameter, pξ(⋅∣s,a)=ksa+Ksaξ∈M(S)p^\xi(\cdot\mid s,a)=k_{sa}+K_{sa}\xi\in\mathcal M(\mathcal S)pξ(⋅∣s,a)=ksa​+Ksa​ξ∈M(S) for ξ∈Ξ\xi\in\Xiξ∈Ξ. The ambiguity set P\mathcal PP is the set of kernels (pξ(⋅∣s,a))s,a(p^\xi(\cdot\mid s,a))_{s,a}(pξ(⋅∣s,a))s,a​, ξ∈Ξ\xi\in\Xiξ∈Ξ. It is s-rectangular if P=×sPs\mathcal P=\times_{s}\mathcal P_sP=×s​Ps​, where Ps\mathcal P_sPs​ collects the blocks (Ps1,…,PsA)(P_{s1},\dots,P_{sA})(Ps1​,…,PsA​) of members of P\mathcal PP: the parameter may be chosen separately in each state.

A stationary randomized policy π∈Π\pi\in\Piπ∈Π assigns to each state a distribution π(⋅∣s)\pi(\cdot\mid s)π(⋅∣s) over actions. It induces the Markov reward process

P^ss′(π;ξ)=∑aπ(a∣s)pξ(s′∣s,a),r^s(π;ξ)=∑aπ(a∣s)∑s′pξ(s′∣s,a)r(s,a,s′),\widehat P_{ss'}(\pi;\xi)=\sum_a\pi(a\mid s)p^\xi(s'\mid s,a),\qquad \widehat r_s(\pi;\xi)=\sum_a\pi(a\mid s)\sum_{s'}p^\xi(s'\mid s,a)r(s,a,s'),Pss′​(π;ξ)=a∑​π(a∣s)pξ(s′∣s,a),rs​(π;ξ)=a∑​π(a∣s)s′∑​pξ(s′∣s,a)r(s,a,s′),

and the reward to-go v(π;ξ)=∑t≥0[λP^(π;ξ)]tr^(π;ξ)v(\pi;\xi)=\sum_{t\ge0}[\lambda\widehat P(\pi;\xi)]^t\widehat r(\pi;\xi)v(π;ξ)=∑t≥0​[λP(π;ξ)]tr(π;ξ). The worst-case expected total reward of π\piπ is inf⁡ξ∈Ξp0⊤v(π;ξ)\inf_{\xi\in\Xi}p_0^\top v(\pi;\xi)infξ∈Ξ​p0⊤​v(π;ξ).

Two robust Bellman maps on RS\mathbb R^SRS carry the results:

ϕs(π;w)=min⁡ξ∈Ξ{r^s(π;ξ)+λ∑s′P^ss′(π;ξ)ws′},φs(w)=max⁡π∈Πϕs(π;w).\phi_s(\pi;w)=\min_{\xi\in\Xi}\Big\{\widehat r_s(\pi;\xi)+\lambda\sum_{s'}\widehat P_{ss'}(\pi;\xi)w_{s'}\Big\},\qquad \varphi_s(w)=\max_{\pi\in\Pi}\phi_s(\pi;w).ϕs​(π;w)=ξ∈Ξmin​{rs​(π;ξ)+λs′∑​Pss′​(π;ξ)ws′​},φs​(w)=π∈Πmax​ϕs​(π;w).

In Lean these are phiEval and phiImprove, in the namespace WiesemannRMDP.SRect.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.1 (robust policy improvement)

For an s-rectangular P\mathcal PP, φ\varphiφ has a unique fixed point w∗w^*w∗, per-state maximizers πs∈arg⁡max⁡π∈Πϕs(π;w∗)\pi^s\in\arg\max_{\pi\in\Pi}\phi_s(\pi;w^*)πs∈argmaxπ∈Π​ϕs​(π;w∗) exist, and the glued policy π∗(a∣s)=πs(a∣s)\pi^*(a\mid s)=\pi^s(a\mid s)π∗(a∣s)=πs(a∣s) together with the constant function ϑ∗≡w∗\vartheta^*\equiv w^*ϑ∗≡w∗ attains

sup⁡π∈Π sup⁡ϑ:Ξ→cRS{inf⁡ξ∈Ξp0⊤ϑ(ξ): ϑ(ξ)≤r^(π;ξ)+λP^(π;ξ)ϑ(ξ) ∀ξ∈Ξ}=p0⊤w∗.\sup_{\pi\in\Pi}\ \sup_{\vartheta:\Xi\overset{c}{\to}\mathbb R^S}\Big\{\inf_{\xi\in\Xi}p_0^\top\vartheta(\xi):\ \vartheta(\xi)\le\widehat r(\pi;\xi)+\lambda\widehat P(\pi;\xi)\vartheta(\xi)\ \forall\xi\in\Xi\Big\}=p_0^\top w^*.π∈Πsup​ ϑ:Ξ→cRSsup​{ξ∈Ξinf​p0⊤​ϑ(ξ): ϑ(ξ)≤r(π;ξ)+λP(π;ξ)ϑ(ξ) ∀ξ∈Ξ}=p0⊤​w∗.

Milestones

  1. Proposition 3.1 (b), (c), (a): v(π;ξ)v(\pi;\xi)v(π;ξ) is the unique solution of w=r^+λP^ww=\widehat r+\lambda\widehat Pww=r+λPw; every sub-solution lies below it; vvv is Lipschitz on Π×Ξ\Pi\times\XiΠ×Ξ.
  2. Reformulation (10): for fixed π\piπ, inf⁡ξp0⊤v(π;ξ)\inf_\xi p_0^\top v(\pi;\xi)infξ​p0⊤​v(π;ξ) equals the inner supremum above, over all and over continuous ϑ\varthetaϑ.
  3. ϕ(π;⋅)\phi(\pi;\cdot)ϕ(π;⋅) is a contraction (proof of Theorem 3.2).
  4. Theorem 3.2: for s-rectangular P\mathcal PP and fixed π\piπ, the constant fixed point of ϕ(π;⋅)\phi(\pi;\cdot)ϕ(π;⋅) solves the evaluation problem (10).
  5. From the proof of Theorem 4.1: the glued policy satisfies w∗=ϕ(π∗;w∗)w^*=\phi(\pi^*;w^*)w∗=ϕ(π∗;w∗), and φ\varphiφ is a contraction.

Significance

Theorem 4.1 reduces robust policy improvement over s-rectangular sets to computing the fixed point of one map on RS\mathbb R^SRS, each evaluation of which is a finite convex program; the paper derives a polynomial-time method from it (Corollary 4.2). It also shows that the optimal policy is stationary but generally randomized, which separates s-rectangular from (s, a)-rectangular robust MDPs. Theorem 3.2 is the evaluation counterpart and is used again when the paper compares s-rectangular and general ambiguity sets (Proposition 3.10).

The results are proved in the paper; none is formalized. On the platform, the (s, a)-rectangular analogue with deterministic policies and costs (Nilim and El Ghaoui) and a related robust linear-programming characterization in another model (Derman, Geist and Mannor) exist, but neither covers coupled actions, randomized policies or rewards depending on the next state. A complete development would give machine-checked robust value iteration for s-rectangular sets and reusable facts on the reward to-go of a finite Markov reward process.

Difficulty

The obvious argument copies the nominal proof: the optimum of the constant-ϑ\varthetaϑ restriction is the fixed point w∗w^*w∗, so the constant function is optimal. That only solves the restriction to constant ϑ\varthetaϑ; the problems optimize over all continuous reward to-go functions ϑ:Ξ→RS\vartheta:\Xi\to\mathbb R^Sϑ:Ξ→RS, and showing that no non-constant ϑ\varthetaϑ does better is where s-rectangularity enters. Without it the claim is false: the paper's Example 3.11 gives a non-rectangular set where the constant bound is strictly below the worst-case reward. A second subtlety is that ϕs(π;w)\phi_s(\pi;w)ϕs​(π;w) depends on π\piπ only through the row π(⋅∣s)\pi(\cdot\mid s)π(⋅∣s), which is what lets per-state maximizers be assembled into a single policy; the maximizers are in general not deterministic.

Formalization scope

States and actions are finite nonempty types; policies are functions π(a∣s)\pi(a\mid s)π(a∣s) satisfying the published IsPolicy, and the simplex condition on pξ(⋅∣s,a)p^\xi(\cdot\mid s,a)pξ(⋅∣s,a) is the published IsTransitionKernel. P^\widehat PP and r^\widehat rr are built from the published InducedTransition and InducedReward. The model is a structure Model with the standing assumptions in Model.Standing. The reward to-go is defined by the series ∑t[λP^]tr^\sum_t[\lambda\widehat P]^t\widehat r∑t​[λP]tr, not as the solution of the evaluation equation, so Proposition 3.1 (b) is not definitional. The minimum over Ξ\XiΞ and the maximum over Π\PiΠ are infima and suprema over subtypes, attained under the standing assumptions; the objective inf⁡ξp0⊤ϑ(ξ)\inf_\xi p_0^\top\vartheta(\xi)infξ​p0⊤​ϑ(ξ) is used only for ϑ\varthetaϑ continuous on Ξ\XiΞ, and where arbitrary ϑ\varthetaϑ appear (the middle line of (10)) the infimum is taken in the extended reals. Inequalities on RS\mathbb R^SRS are componentwise; contractions are with respect to the sup norm. The paper's ω\omegaω in (3b) carries the index lll, as elsewhere in the paper.

A statement that compares the fixed point only with constant reward to-go functions, or that takes w∗w^*w∗ and π∗\pi^*π∗ as hypotheses satisfying the conclusion, is not Theorem 4.1; the goal asserts existence and uniqueness of w∗w^*w∗, existence of the maximizers, and optimality against every policy and every continuous feasible ϑ\varthetaϑ.

Useful infrastructure: Neumann series for λ\lambdaλ times a row-stochastic matrix, continuity of infima over compact parameter sets, and contraction properties of min/max Bellman operators. Proofs of the milestones, and of nonvacuity of richer instances, are welcome.

Selected references

  • W. Wiesemann, D. Kuhn, B. Rustem, Robust Markov Decision Processes, Mathematics of Operations Research 38(1):153–183, 2013. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1120.0566 (formalized from the Optimization Online revision of February 9, 2012: https://optimization-online.org/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/2610.pdf)
  • G. N. Iyengar, Robust Dynamic Programming, Mathematics of Operations Research 30(2):257–280, 2005. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1040.0129
  • A. Nilim, L. El Ghaoui, Robust Control of Markov Decision Processes with Uncertain Transition Matrices, Operations Research 53(5):780–798, 2005. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1050.0216
  • S. Mannor, D. Simester, P. Sun, J. N. Tsitsiklis, Bias and Variance Approximation in Value Function Estimates, Management Science 53(2):308–322, 2007. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.1060.0614
  • M. L. Puterman, Markov Decision Processes: Discrete Stochastic Dynamic Programming, Wiley, 1994. https://doi.org/10.1002/9780470316887
14 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Dynamic ProgrammingOperations ResearchStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Quality Control under Markovian Deterioration 1: A Discounted-Optimal Policy Produces, Inspects, Produces Again and Revises on Successive Intervals of the BeliefResearch Paper

Motivation

A production process deteriorates over time, and the state it is in cannot be observed directly. Each period the operator chooses among three actions: produce without looking, produce and inspect the item (which reveals the current state at a cost), or revise the process back to its good state. This is one of the earliest partially observed Markov decision problems with a costly observation action, and it is the prototype of the inspection and machine-replacement models that followed in operations research and maintenance theory. Ross (Management Science 17(9), 1971) set it up for a countable state space, reduced it to a fully observed problem on beliefs, and determined the structure of an optimal policy for two states.

Intuition suggests a three-region policy for two states: produce while the probability of the bad state is small, inspect at intermediate probabilities, revise when it is large. Ross showed that the true structure has up to four regions: produce, inspect, produce again, revise. This mission formalizes that structure theorem and the general results it rests on.

Setting

The underlying process has a countable set of states 0,1,2,…0,1,2,\dots0,1,2,…, with transition probabilities PijP_{ij}Pij​ from state iii at the end of a period to state jjj at the beginning of the next. In state iii, producing without inspection costs CiC_iCi​, producing with inspection costs IiI_iIi​, and revising costs RiR_iRi​; costs are bounded, and future costs are discounted by β∈(0,1)\beta\in(0,1)β∈(0,1). A revision puts the process in state 000.

The decision maker tracks a belief P=(P0,P1,… )P=(P_0,P_1,\dots)P=(P0​,P1​,…), a probability vector on the states, ranging over

S={P:Pi≥0, ∑iPi=1}.S=\Big\{P: P_i\ge0,\ \sum_iP_i=1\Big\}.S={P:Pi​≥0, i∑​Pi​=1}.

Producing without inspection moves the belief to TPTPTP, with (TP)i=∑jPjPji(TP)_i=\sum_jP_jP_{ji}(TP)i​=∑j​Pj​Pji​. Inspecting reveals the state; if it is iii, the next belief is the row ei=(Pi0,Pi1,… )e^i=(P_{i0},P_{i1},\dots)ei=(Pi0​,Pi1​,…). Revising leads to e0e^0e0.

The β\betaβ-discounted optimal cost VβV_\betaVβ​ is the limit of value iteration: V0=0V^0=0V0=0 and

Vn+1(P)=min⁡{∑iPiCi+βVn(TP); ∑iPiIi+β∑iPiVn(ei); ∑iPiRi+βVn(e0)}.V^{n+1}(P)=\min\Big\{\sum_iP_iC_i+\beta V^n(TP);\ \sum_iP_iI_i+\beta\sum_iP_iV^n(e^i);\ \sum_iP_iR_i+\beta V^n(e^0)\Big\}.Vn+1(P)=min{i∑​Pi​Ci​+βVn(TP); i∑​Pi​Ii​+βi∑​Pi​Vn(ei); i∑​Pi​Ri​+βVn(e0)}.

The three terms with VnV^nVn replaced by VβV_\betaVβ​ form the right side of the optimality equation (1). The β\betaβ-optimal produce, inspect and revise regions are the sets of beliefs at which the corresponding term equals Vβ(P)V_\beta(P)Vβ​(P), and a stationary rule is β\betaβ-optimal when it always selects an action attaining the minimum.

In the two-state process of §3, state 000 is good and state 111 is bad: P00=1−πP_{00}=1-\piP00​=1−π, P11=1P_{11}=1P11​=1, C0=0C_0=0C0​=0, C1=CC_1=CC1​=C, I0=I1=II_0=I_1=II0​=I1​=I, R0=R1=RR_0=R_1=RR0​=R1​=R, with C<I<RC<I<RC<I<R. The belief is a number P∈[0,1]P\in[0,1]P∈[0,1], the probability of the bad state, TP=P+π−πPTP=P+\pi-\pi PTP=P+π−πP, and the optimality equation becomes

Vβ(P)=min⁡{CP+βVβ(TP); I+βPVβ(1)+β(1−P)Vβ(π); R+βVβ(π)}.(3)V_\beta(P)=\min\{CP+\beta V_\beta(TP);\ I+\beta PV_\beta(1)+\beta(1-P)V_\beta(\pi);\ R+\beta V_\beta(\pi)\}.\tag{3}Vβ​(P)=min{CP+βVβ​(TP); I+βPVβ​(1)+β(1−P)Vβ​(π); R+βVβ​(π)}.(3)

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.3, the four-region structure

There are thresholds π≤P1≤P2≤P3\pi\le P_1\le P_2\le P_3π≤P1​≤P2​≤P3​ with P2≤1P_2\le1P2​≤1 such that the rule

produce on [0,P1),inspect on [P1,P2),produce on [P2,P3),revise on [P3,1]\text{produce on }[0,P_1),\quad\text{inspect on }[P_1,P_2),\quad\text{produce on }[P_2,P_3),\quad\text{revise on }[P_3,1]produce on [0,P1​),inspect on [P1​,P2​),produce on [P2​,P3​),revise on [P3​,1]

is β\betaβ-optimal, and P3≤1P_3\le1P3​≤1 whenever revising is β\betaβ-optimal at some belief. Degenerate thresholds (empty intervals) are allowed, so the statement fixes only the order of the regions, not their number.

Milestones

  1. (1): value iteration converges on SSS, VβV_\betaVβ​ is bounded, solves (1), and is its unique bounded solution.
  2. Lemma 2.1: VβV_\betaVβ​ is concave on SSS.
  3. Theorem 2.2: the β\betaβ-optimal inspect and revise regions are convex.
  4. (3): the two-state optimality equation, as an instance of (1).
  5. Lemma 3.1: in the two-state model VβV_\betaVβ​ is nondecreasing on [0,1][0,1][0,1].
  6. Lemma 3.2: for 0≤P≤π0\le P\le\pi0≤P≤π, producing is strictly better than inspecting and than revising.

Significance

Theorem 3.3 reduces the search for an optimal policy in the two-state problem to the choice of three numbers, and it fixes the order of the regions: there is never a revise region below an inspect region, and inspection never occurs below the deterioration probability π\piπ. Together with Theorems 3.4 and 3.7 of the same paper (separate missions in this series), it is the basis for computing optimal inspection policies by searching over thresholds. Theorem 2.2 holds for any countable state space and is the general form of the observation that, in partially observed problems with linear-in-belief action costs, the regions of the "information" and "reset" actions are convex while the region of the passive action need not be.

The results are proved in the paper. As far as a search of the Prove2Me library shows (October 2026), none of them is formalized. Related formal work treats other models: belief-state reductions of finite POMDPs, and abstract contraction models for discounted dynamic programming. The mission produces machine-checked versions of the general model's optimality equation, the concavity of its value function, the convexity of two of its regions, and the two-state structure theorem.

Difficulty

The paper's proofs are short and lean on facts quoted from the literature. Theorem 3.3's proof is two sentences long. Filling it in requires several facts that the paper leaves implicit. The revise region of the two-state model is a closed right-hand interval. The inspect region meets [0,1][0,1][0,1] in an interval, through the affine embedding P↦(1−P,P)P\mapsto(1-P,P)P↦(1−P,P) of [0,1][0,1][0,1] into SSS. The half-open endpoints of the rule select optimal actions. That last point needs continuity of VβV_\betaVβ​ inside (0,1)(0,1)(0,1), a consequence of concavity, and Lemma 3.2 at the left end. The naive reading of the printed theorem, with all three thresholds in [0,1][0,1][0,1], is false in general (see below), so the threshold bookkeeping cannot be skipped.

On the general side, the optimality equation (1) is quoted from Blackwell. Here it must be proved for value iteration on the belief simplex of a countable state space, where the inspect term is an infinite series of values at the rows eie^iei. Its convergence and the contraction estimates use the boundedness of the costs.

Formalization scope

The general model is a structure over a type ι with [Countable ι], a distinguished state i₀, a transition matrix Pm, costs C I R : ι → ℝ and β. A separate predicate Model.Valid requires nonnegative entries, rows with HasSum (Pm i) 1, bounded costs and 0 < β < 1. The simplex uses HasSum P 1, never tsum, so it consists of genuine probability vectors. VβV_\betaVβ​ is defined as limUnder atTop of value iteration from V0=0V^0=0V0=0, which is the paper's own characterization in the proof of Lemma 2.1. It is not an arbitrary function assumed to satisfy (1). The paper's definition as an infimum over measurable policies is not formalized; the policy class would be a separate mission. Regions are subsets of SSS.

The two-state model is the instance ι = Fin 2 with P00=1−πP_{00}=1-\piP00​=1−π, P01=πP_{01}=\piP01​=π, P10=0P_{10}=0P10​=0, P11=1P_{11}=1P11​=1, and its value at the scalar belief PPP is the general VβV_\betaVβ​ at (1−P,P)(1-P,P)(1−P,P). The general Lemma 2.1 and Theorem 2.2 therefore apply to it without restatement. Standing hypotheses of §3 are 0<β<10<\beta<10<β<1, 0≤π≤10\le\pi\le10≤π≤1 and 0<C<I<R0<C<I<R0<C<I<R. 0<C0<C0<C is implicit in the paper, where the good state costs 000 and the bad state CCC. "β\betaβ-optimal rule" means a rule selecting a minimizer of the right side of (3) at every P∈[0,1]P\in[0,1]P∈[0,1], the criterion the paper quotes on p. 588. "Every β\betaβ-optimal policy produces" (Lemma 3.2) means that producing is the unique minimizer.

Threshold repair. The paper prints π≤P1≤P2≤P3≤1\pi\le P_1\le P_2\le P_3\le1π≤P1​≤P2​≤P3​≤1. This is false when revising is never optimal, for instance when R>C/(1−β(1−π))R>C/(1-\beta(1-\pi))R>C/(1−β(1−π)): then always producing is optimal and revising at P=1P=1P=1 is strictly worse, so no rule revising on a nonempty [P3,1][P_3,1][P3​,1] is optimal. The goal keeps P3≤1P_3\le1P3​≤1 exactly when the β\betaβ-optimal revise region is nonempty and otherwise allows P3>1P_3>1P3​>1; the rest of the printed chain, π≤P1≤P2≤1\pi\le P_1\le P_2\le1π≤P1​≤P2​≤1, is kept. Adding the hypothesis R<C/(1−β(1−π))R<C/(1-\beta(1-\pi))R<C/(1−β(1−π)) instead would drop a case the paper covers.

The statement admits no trivializing reading. The thresholds are quantified existentially, but the rule must be optimal at every belief in [0,1][0,1][0,1], VβV_\betaVβ​ is pinned down by its definition, and the paper's numbers (C=4C=4C=4, π=0.1\pi=0.1π=0.1, I=6I=6I=6, R=10R=10R=10, β=0.9\beta=0.9β=0.9) satisfy all hypotheses.

Infrastructure needed: tsum manipulations on the belief simplex (linearity of TTT, summability of ∑iPiV(ei)\sum_iP_iV(e^i)∑i​Pi​V(ei) for bounded VVV), a sup-norm contraction argument for value iteration, and closure of concavity under minima and pointwise limits. The value-iteration and contraction lemmas are reusable for any discounted model with bounded costs. Contributions of intermediate lemmas, such as continuity of the two-state VβV_\betaVβ​ on (0,1](0,1](0,1] or the bridge identities T(1−P,P)=(1−TP,TP)T(1-P,P)=(1-TP,TP)T(1−P,P)=(1−TP,TP), are welcome.

Selected references

  • S. M. Ross, Quality Control under Markovian Deterioration, Management Science 17(9):587–596, 1971. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.17.9.587
  • D. Blackwell, Discounted Dynamic Programming, Annals of Mathematical Statistics 36(1):226–235, 1965. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177700285
  • K. J. Åström, Optimal Control of Markov Processes with Incomplete State Information, Journal of Mathematical Analysis and Applications 10(1):174–205, 1965. https://doi.org/10.1016/0022-247X(65)90154-X
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Linear algebraMachine LearningReinforcement Learning·Captain: mikedeng1

Learning to Predict by the Methods of Temporal Differences: Linear TD(0) Converges in Expected Value to the Ideal Predictions on Absorbing Markov ChainsResearch Paper

Motivation

Temporal-difference (TD) methods learn to predict an eventual outcome from the differences between successive predictions rather than from the difference between each prediction and the final outcome. Sutton's 1988 paper Learning to predict by the methods of temporal differences introduced the TD(λ\lambdaλ) family and gave the first convergence proof for a TD method; before it, as the paper notes (p. 23), "no TD method has ever been proved stable or convergent to the correct predictions". TD learning is now the core of policy evaluation in reinforcement learning, and later analyses (Dayan 1992, Tsitsiklis and Van Roy 1997) start from the setting fixed here.

Timeline:

  • 1960 — Widrow and Hoff introduce the LMS (Widrow–Hoff) rule; its predictions converge in expected value to the ideal predictions for small step sizes (Widrow and Stearns 1985).
  • 1977 — Witten sketches a convergence proof for a TD-like procedure on discounted costs; many steps were left out, and Sutton (footnote 4) writes that it "now appears that the theorem he proposed is not true".
  • 1988 — Sutton proves Theorem 2 (linear TD(0), expected-value convergence on absorbing chains) and Theorem 3 (convergence of batch linear TD(0) to the maximum-likelihood predictions).
  • 1992–1997 — Dayan extends expected convergence to TD(λ\lambdaλ); Tsitsiklis and Van Roy prove almost-sure convergence of linear TD(λ\lambdaλ) under decreasing step sizes.

Setting

An absorbing Markov chain has a finite set NNN of nonterminal states, a finite set TTT of terminal states and transition probabilities pij≥0p_{ij}\ge0pij​≥0 (i∈Ni\in Ni∈N, j∈N∪Tj\in N\cup Tj∈N∪T) with ∑j∈N∪Tpij=1\sum_{j\in N\cup T}p_{ij}=1∑j∈N∪T​pij​=1. Let QQQ be the N×NN\times NN×N matrix [Q]ij=pij[Q]_{ij}=p_{ij}[Q]ij​=pij​. "Absorbing" means that every sequence terminates with probability one; for a finite chain this is Qk→0Q^k\to0Qk→0.

A sequence starts in a nonterminal state drawn from a distribution μ\muμ, follows the chain through nonterminal states q1,…,qmq_1,\dots,q_mq1​,…,qm​ until it enters a terminal state qm+1=jq_{m+1}=jqm+1​=j, and then produces a scalar outcome zzz drawn from a distribution νj\nu_jνj​ with finite mean zˉj\bar z_jzˉj​. Let [h]i=∑j∈Tpijzˉj[h]_i=\sum_{j\in T}p_{ij}\bar z_j[h]i​=∑j∈T​pij​zˉj​. The ideal prediction of state iii is the expected outcome from iii,

E{z∣i}=[∑k≥0Qkh]i=[(I−Q)−1h]i.E\{z\mid i\}=\Bigl[\sum_{k\ge0}Q^kh\Bigr]_i=\bigl[(I-Q)^{-1}h\bigr]_i .E{z∣i}=[k≥0∑​Qkh]i​=[(I−Q)−1h]i​.

The learner does not see states, only an observation vector xi∈RKx_i\in\mathbb R^Kxi​∈RK for each i∈Ni\in Ni∈N, and predicts linearly, Pt=w⊤xqtP_t=w^\top x_{q_t}Pt​=w⊤xqt​​. Linear TD(0) with weight updates after each sequence keeps www fixed during a sequence and then sets, with Pm+1=zP_{m+1}=zPm+1​=z,

w←w+∑t=1mα (Pt+1−Pt) xqt.w\leftarrow w+\sum_{t=1}^m\alpha\,(P_{t+1}-P_t)\,x_{q_t}.w←w+t=1∑m​α(Pt+1​−Pt​)xqt​​.

Sequences are experienced independently; wnw_nwn​ is the weight vector after nnn sequences. Let did_idi​ be the expected number of visits to iii in one sequence, D=diag⁡(d)D=\operatorname{diag}(d)D=diag(d), and XXX the matrix with columns xix_ixi​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2

For every absorbing chain, start distribution μ\muμ, outcome laws with finite means and linearly independent {xi}\{x_i\}{xi​}, with every di>0d_i>0di​>0, there is ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0 such that for 0<α<ε0<\alpha<\varepsilon0<α<ε and every w0w_0w0​,

lim⁡n→∞E{xi⊤wn}=[(I−Q)−1h]i∀i∈N.\lim_{n\to\infty}E\{x_i^\top w_n\}=\bigl[(I-Q)^{-1}h\bigr]_i\qquad\forall i\in N .n→∞lim​E{xi⊤​wn​}=[(I−Q)−1h]i​∀i∈N.

The threshold ε\varepsilonε is existential, as in the paper; no explicit value is fixed.

Milestones on the goal's path

Theorem A.1 (Neumann series under An→0A^n\to0An→0); (5) the ideal predictions; (7) d⊤=μ⊤(I−Q)−1d^\top=\mu^\top(I-Q)^{-1}d⊤=μ⊤(I−Q)−1; the mean recursion wˉn+1=wˉn+αXD(h+QX⊤wˉn−X⊤wˉn)\bar w_{n+1}=\bar w_n+\alpha XD(h+QX^\top\bar w_n-X^\top\bar w_n)wˉn+1​=wˉn​+αXD(h+QX⊤wˉn​−X⊤wˉn​); Theorem A.2 (A⊤AA^\top AA⊤A nonsingular); Theorem A.3 (A≻0  ⟺  A+A⊤≻0A\succ0\iff A+A^\top\succ0A≻0⟺A+A⊤≻0); the Lemma of p. 27; D(I−Q)D(I-Q)D(I−Q) positive definite; the eigenvalues of X⊤XD(I−Q)X^\top XD(I-Q)X⊤XD(I−Q) have positive real parts; and (I−αX⊤XD(I−Q))n→0(I-\alpha X^\top XD(I-Q))^n\to0(I−αX⊤XD(I−Q))n→0 for small α\alphaα.

Further results

Theorem 3: under repeated presentations of a finite training set, batch linear TD(0) converges (deterministically) to the maximum-likelihood predictions [(I−Q^)−1h^]i[(I-\hat Q)^{-1}\hat h]_i[(I−Q^​)−1h^]i​, with its two supporting steps (Q^n→0\hat Q^n\to0Q^​n→0 and d^⊤=μ^⊤(I−Q^)−1\hat d^\top=\hat\mu^\top(I-\hat Q)^{-1}d^⊤=μ^​⊤(I−Q^​)−1). Theorem 1: linear TD(1) and Widrow–Hoff produce the same per-sequence weight changes.

Significance

Theorem 2 shows that a bootstrapping method, which learns from its own earlier predictions, is not biased by them in the limit: in expectation it reaches the same predictions as supervised (Widrow–Hoff) learning. Theorem 3 says more: on a fixed data set, TD(0) converges to the predictions that would be exact if the maximum-likelihood model of the process were correct, which differs from the least-squares answer Widrow–Hoff converges to. Together they are the formal basis for preferring TD to Monte-Carlo targets in multi-step prediction.

The results are proved on paper, and not formalized in Lean. A formalization adds a precise model of the experience (i.i.d. sequences of an absorbing chain with terminal-dependent outcome laws), the integrability facts the paper leaves implicit, and a correct proof of the positive definiteness of D(I−Q)D(I-Q)D(I−Q), whose printed argument has a gap (see below). The matrix lemmas (Neumann series under An→0A^n\to0An→0; real-part positivity of eigenvalues of GMGMGM for G≻0G\succ0G≻0 symmetric and MMM positive definite in the non-symmetric sense; the step-size threshold) are reusable for other linear stochastic-approximation analyses.

Difficulty

The obvious argument writes E{wn+1}E\{w_{n+1}\}E{wn+1​} as a linear function of E{wn}E\{w_n\}E{wn​} and observes that the iteration matrix I−αX⊤XD(I−Q)I-\alpha X^\top XD(I-Q)I−αX⊤XD(I−Q) is a contraction for small α\alphaα. Two steps of this fail as printed. First, the paper proves that D(I−Q)D(I-Q)D(I−Q) is positive definite through the Lemma of p. 27 with a weakened notion of diagonal dominance (weak in every row, strict in one), under which the Lemma is false; with the standard notion, D(I−Q)+(D(I−Q))⊤D(I-Q)+(D(I-Q))^\topD(I−Q)+(D(I−Q))⊤ is in general not strictly diagonally dominant (a row with μi=0\mu_i=0μi​=0 that cannot leave NNN in one step has row sum 000). A correct proof combines weak dominance with reachability of every state from the support of μ\muμ, which is where di>0d_i>0di​>0 enters. Second, X⊤XD(I−Q)X^\top XD(I-Q)X⊤XD(I−Q) is not symmetric, so a small α\alphaα does not make I−αX⊤XD(I−Q)I-\alpha X^\top XD(I-Q)I−αX⊤XD(I−Q) a contraction in the Euclidean norm; the argument goes through its eigenvalues, and turning eigenvalues of modulus below one into (I−αX⊤XD(I−Q))n→0(I-\alpha X^\top XD(I-Q))^n\to0(I−αX⊤XD(I−Q))n→0 is a spectral-radius argument. The probabilistic step is also not free: wnw_nwn​ is a polynomial in nnn random sequences of unbounded length, and its integrability and the factorization E{ηijwn}=dipijE{wn}E\{\eta_{ij}w_n\}=d_ip_{ij}E\{w_n\}E{ηij​wn​}=di​pij​E{wn​} need independence across sequences.

Formalization scope

States are finite types N (nonempty) and T; the chain is the structure AbsorbingChain with blocks pN, pT and the field Qk→0Q^k\to0Qk→0. Observation vectors are x : N → Fin K → ℝ with LinearIndependent ℝ x; XXX is Matrix (Fin K) N ℝ. A sequence is an Episode (list of nonterminal states, terminal state, outcome); IsEpisodeStream states measurability, mutual independence (iIndepFun) and the law P(path=s,term=j,out∈B)=μs1ps1s2⋯psmj νj(B)P(\text{path}=s,\text{term}=j,\text{out}\in B)=\mu_{s_1}p_{s_1s_2}\cdots p_{s_mj}\,\nu_j(B)P(path=s,term=j,out∈B)=μs1​​ps1​s2​​⋯psm​j​νj​(B). Expectations are Bochner integrals, and the goal asserts integrability of xi⊤wnx_i^\top w_nxi⊤​wn​, so a non-integrable junk value 000 cannot satisfy it. did_idi​ is defined as an expectation (a sum over sequences), not as [μ⊤(I−Q)−1]i[\mu^\top(I-Q)^{-1}]_i[μ⊤(I−Q)−1]i​, so (7) is not circular. "Positive definite" is the paper's footnote 6 (y⊤Ay>0y^\top Ay>0y⊤Ay>0 for real y≠0y\ne0y=0, no symmetry), not Mathlib's Matrix.PosDef.

Trivializations ruled out: the hypothesis di>0d_i>0di​>0 is the paper's own discarding of never-visited states (without it the goal is false: an unvisited state's weight never moves); N is nonempty and μ\muμ sums to one, so the hypotheses are satisfiable and the goal is not vacuous; the sequences cannot be arbitrary random variables or a fixed sequence, since their law is pinned to μ\muμ, ppp and ν\nuν; ε\varepsilonε is chosen before α\alphaα, w0w_0w0​ and the probability space; and the update is per sequence, not the intra-sequence variant of §5.

Corrected slips: "For each nonterminal state jjj" (p. 24) means terminal; the diagonal-dominance definition of p. 27 is replaced by the standard one; I−αXD(I−Q)X⊤I-\alpha XD(I-Q)X^\topI−αXD(I−Q)X⊤ (p. 28) means I−αX⊤XD(I−Q)I-\alpha X^\top XD(I-Q)I−αX⊤XD(I−Q). Not formalized: the variance and TD(λ\lambdaλ) conjectures of p. 29, §4.3, and the extension claims of §5.

Related open goals on this platform (different models, credited, not re-posed): SuttonBartoRL.BatchTD.batch_td_converges_to_certainty_equivalence (tabular, discounted analogue of Theorem 3), and SuttonBartoRL.LinearTD.keyMatrix_posDef, posDef_of_row_col_sums, expected_td_update (continuing discounted chain with stationary DDD, where every row sum of D(I−γP)D(I-\gamma P)D(I−γP) is positive). Contributions of any milestone, of general matrix lemmas, and of reusable infrastructure for i.i.d. episode streams are welcome.

Selected references

  • R. S. Sutton, Learning to predict by the methods of temporal differences, Machine Learning 3(1), 9–44, 1988. https://doi.org/10.1023/A:1022633531479
  • B. Widrow and M. E. Hoff, Adaptive switching circuits, IRE WESCON Convention Record, 96–104, 1960.
  • B. Widrow and S. D. Stearns, Adaptive Signal Processing, Prentice-Hall, 1985.
  • J. G. Kemeny and J. L. Snell, Finite Markov Chains, Springer, 1976. https://link.springer.com/book/9780387901923
  • R. S. Varga, Matrix Iterative Analysis, Prentice-Hall, 1962 (2nd ed., Springer, 2000: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-05156-2).
  • P. Dayan, The convergence of TD(λ) for general λ, Machine Learning 8, 341–362, 1992. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF00992701
  • J. N. Tsitsiklis and B. Van Roy, An analysis of temporal-difference learning with function approximation, IEEE Transactions on Automatic Control 42(5), 674–690, 1997. https://doi.org/10.1109/9.580874
24 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Dynamic ProgrammingOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

An Analysis of Stochastic Shortest Path Problems: If Every Improper Policy Has Infinite Cost, the Optimal Cost Is the Unique Fixed Point of Bellman's Operator and Value Iteration Converges to ItResearch Paper

Motivation

A shortest path problem asks how to reach a destination at minimum cost. In a stochastic shortest path problem, a decision at a state selects a probability distribution over successor states, so both the route and its total cost are random. Costs may have either sign. This makes the problem relevant to finite-state control models where rewards and expenses occur before eventual termination. Bertsekas and Tsitsiklis analyze this setting without requiring all one-stage costs to be nonnegative or all to be nonpositive. Their condition instead rules out an improper stationary policy whose costs stay finite from every initial state. Bertsekas and Tsitsiklis (1991), pp. 580–583.

Earlier treatments established Bellman-equation and algorithmic conclusions under positive or nonnegative costs. The 1991 paper traces the finite-control development from Eaton and Zadeh and the compact-control extension from Kushner, then removes the sign restriction while retaining finite state space. It also explains why the Bellman mapping need not contract when an improper policy is available. Bertsekas and Tsitsiklis (1991), pp. 581, 585. A separate, proved Prove2Me theorem from Bertsekas's textbook treats the special case in which every policy is proper and controls are finite; the result here permits improper policies and compact control spaces.

Setting

There are n≥1n\ge1n≥1 states. State 111 is the destination. At state iii, a control u∈U(i)u\in U(i)u∈U(i) incurs a real cost ci(u)c_i(u)ci​(u) and moves the process to state jjj with probability pij(u)p_{ij}(u)pij​(u). A selector μ\muμ chooses one control μ(i)\mu(i)μ(i) at every state. A policy π=(μ0,μ1,…)\pi=(\mu_0,\mu_1,\ldots)π=(μ0​,μ1​,…) may change selectors over time; a stationary policy repeats one selector. The matrix P(μ)P(\mu)P(μ) has entries pij(μ(i))p_{ij}(\mu(i))pij​(μ(i)), and c(μ)c(\mu)c(μ) is the vector of one-stage costs. Bertsekas and Tsitsiklis (1991), p. 582.

The cost vector x(π)x(\pi)x(π) is the coordinatewise limit inferior of expected partial costs, including the possibility of infinite values. The optimal cost xi∗x_i^*xi∗​ is the infimum of xi(π)x_i(\pi)xi​(π) over all policies, including nonstationary ones. Optimality of a policy means it attains that infimum from every initial state. The fixed-selector operator is Tμ(x)=c(μ)+P(μ)xT_\mu(x)=c(\mu)+P(\mu)xTμ​(x)=c(μ)+P(μ)x; the Bellman operator TTT takes the coordinatewise infimum of these vectors over selectors. Bertsekas and Tsitsiklis (1991), pp. 582–583, equations (2)–(6).

A stationary policy is proper when its probability of reaching state 111 tends to one from every starting state. Assumption 1 says state 111 is absorbing and cost-free, at least one proper stationary policy exists, and every improper stationary policy has a partial-cost coordinate tending to +∞+\infty+∞. Assumption 2 makes each control space compact, each cost function lower semicontinuous, and each transition-probability coordinate continuous. Work takes place in X={x∈Rn:x1=0}X=\{x\in\mathbb R^n:x_1=0\}X={x∈Rn:x1​=0}. Bertsekas and Tsitsiklis (1991), pp. 583–584.

Formalization targets

Proposition 2: Bellman's equation and value iteration

Under Assumptions 1 and 2, the optimal cost is finite and is the unique fixed point of TTT in XXX. Every initial x∈Xx\in Xx∈X has

lim⁡t→∞Tt(x)=x∗.\lim_{t\to\infty}T^t(x)=x^*.t→∞lim​Tt(x)=x∗.

A stationary selector μ\muμ is optimal exactly when Tμ(x∗)=T(x∗)T_\mu(x^*)=T(x^*)Tμ​(x∗)=T(x∗); an optimal proper stationary selector exists. These are all clauses of Proposition 2, rather than separate targets selected from it. Bertsekas and Tsitsiklis (1991), p. 586, Proposition 2.

Supporting results

The milestone list follows the source's Proposition 1, Lemmas 1–3, and the numbered equations used by their proof. Proposition 1 supplies a weighted maximum-norm contraction when every stationary policy is proper. Lemma 1 describes fixed costs of a proper policy and characterizes properness through a Bellman inequality. Lemma 2 gives continuity of TTT. Lemma 3 controls limits of proper policies; its second part detects a limit that becomes improper through diverging costs. Appendix equations (22) and (24), and the policy-improvement equation (15), provide the paper's intermediate targets. Bertsekas and Tsitsiklis (1991), pp. 585–587, 591–592.

Significance

Proposition 2 identifies the cost of the best policy by a finite-dimensional Bellman equation even though the definition of optimal cost ranges over all, possibly nonstationary, policies. Its convergence clause justifies value iteration from any vector whose destination coordinate is zero. Its policy criterion and existence clause connect a fixed point to an implementable stationary decision rule. The paper applies these conclusions to successive approximation and policy iteration in §4. Bertsekas and Tsitsiklis (1991), pp. 586, 590–591.

The paper proves these statements. This mission seeks machine-checked proofs of their exact finite-state formulation and of the listed intermediate results. The resulting finite stochastic-matrix, hitting, and policy-cost infrastructure can also support other undiscounted control problems. The related proved Prove2Me result for the all-proper finite-control case does not settle this mission's compact-control or improper-policy cases.

Difficulty

When every stationary policy is proper, a common weighted maximum norm makes the Bellman mapping contract. An improper policy can destroy this route: Figure 2 has an absorbing destination and satisfies both assumptions, yet T(0,x2)=(0,min⁡{1+x2,2})T(0,x_2)=(0,\min\{1+x_2,2\})T(0,x2​)=(0,min{1+x2​,2}) is not a contraction in any norm on XXX. The main result therefore needs a way to retain fixed-point uniqueness and convergence without a uniform contraction rate. Compactness matters because a sequence of proper selectors may converge to an improper selector; Lemma 3 explains the associated cost behavior. Bertsekas and Tsitsiklis (1991), pp. 585–586, 591–595.

Formalization scope

States are Fin n, with the paper's state 111 represented by 0; the model requires n≥1n\ge1n≥1. A control set U(i)U(i)U(i) is a type with a metric, with compactness asserted for its whole carrier. Transition rows explicitly have nonnegative entries summing to one. These are the probability-vector conditions implicit in the word “probability.” Assumption 1 supplies a selector and therefore nonempty control sets. The paper writes T:Rn→RnT:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb R^nT:Rn→Rn; where a theorem uses only Assumption 1, finite real Bellman infima are made explicit through TRealValued. Under Assumption 2, compactness and lower semicontinuity give real attained minima. Bertsekas and Tsitsiklis (1991), pp. 582–584.

Policy costs and their infimum use extended reals so that an improper policy's +∞+\infty+∞ cost is represented without a default finite value. Proposition 2 concludes, rather than assumes, that x∗x^*x∗ has real coordinates. Its policy infimum ranges over every sequence of selectors. Matrix products use the identity at time zero; T0T^0T0 is the identity. The destination-zero restriction is retained in every fixed-point and iteration claim. Defining optimal cost as a Bellman fixed point, or restricting the infimum to stationary policies, would remove the result the paper proves. Solvers can contribute the finite-chain, matrix-inverse, semicontinuity, and convergence arguments needed by these targets.

Selected references

  • Dimitri P. Bertsekas and John N. Tsitsiklis, An Analysis of Stochastic Shortest Path Problems, Mathematics of Operations Research 16(3), 580–595, 1991. DOI.
11 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Control TheoryDynamic ProgrammingOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Optimal Control of Markov Processes with Incomplete State Information 1: Reduction to Complete State Information on the Conditional State Distributions, with the Same Optimal LawResearch Paper

Motivation

A controller often cannot see the state of the system it steers. It sees only measurements that are noisy functions of that state. In operations research this happens in machine maintenance and inspection, in queues observed only partially, and in inventory systems with inexact stock records. In control engineering it is the usual case. The question is what the controller should base its decisions on. The full record of past measurements is the obvious choice, but that record grows with time, so a law that uses it is a function on a space whose dimension grows with the horizon.

K. J. Åström's 1965 paper Optimal Control of Markov Processes with Incomplete State Information answered this question for finite Markov chains. The answer is that the conditional distribution of the hidden state given the measurements is a sufficient statistic. The problem with incomplete information is equivalent to a problem with complete information whose state is that distribution. This is the model now called a partially observable Markov decision process (POMDP), and the conditional distribution is now called the belief state.

Timeline. For linear systems with quadratic cost and Gaussian noise, the separation theorem of Joseph and Tou (1961) and Gunckel and Franklin (1963) says that the optimal control is a fixed function of the conditional mean of the state. Åström (1965) proved the reduction for finite-state Markov chains with arbitrary costs, with the conditional distribution as the new state. Smallwood and Sondik (1973) showed that for finite horizons the value function is piecewise linear and concave in the belief, which made exact computation possible. Bertsekas and Shreve (1978) and Bäuerle and Rieder (2011) gave the reduction for general Borel models.

Setting

The hidden state xtx_txt​, t=1,…,Nt = 1, \dots, Nt=1,…,N, takes values in a finite set SSS. The controls u=(u1,…,ur)u = (u_1, \dots, u_r)u=(u1​,…,ur​) range over a compact nonempty set U⊂RrU \subset \mathbb R^rU⊂Rr. The state moves by the transition probabilities pij(u,t)=P{xt=j∣xt−1=i}p_{ij}(u, t) = P\{x_t = j \mid x_{t-1} = i\}pij​(u,t)=P{xt​=j∣xt−1​=i}, which are continuous in uuu. The state is observed through outputs yty_tyt​ in a finite set YYY, with qij=P{yt=j∣xt=i}q_{ij} = P\{y_t = j \mid x_t = i\}qij​=P{yt​=j∣xt​=i}, conditionally independent given the states. The law of x1x_1x1​ is p1p^1p1. An instantaneous cost g(u,i,t)g(u, i, t)g(u,i,t), continuous in uuu, is paid at each time.

A control law chooses u(t)=c(η1,…,ηt,t)∈Uu(t) = c(\eta_1, \dots, \eta_t, t) \in Uu(t)=c(η1​,…,ηt​,t)∈U from the outputs observed so far, η(t)=(η1,…,ηt)\eta(t) = (\eta_1, \dots, \eta_t)η(t)=(η1​,…,ηt​). With u(t)u(t)u(t) moving xtx_txt​ to xt+1x_{t+1}xt+1​, a law determines the joint law of (x1,…,xN,y1,…,yN)(x_1, \dots, x_N, y_1, \dots, y_N)(x1​,…,xN​,y1​,…,yN​) and the expected cost

EL=E∑t=1Ng(u(t),xt,t).(2.6)EL = E \sum_{t=1}^N g(u(t), x_t, t). \tag{2.6}EL=Et=1∑N​g(u(t),xt​,t).(2.6)

Problem P.1 is to find an admissible law minimizing (2.6).

The conditional state distribution is wi(t)=P{xt=i∣η(t)}w_i(t) = P\{x_t = i \mid \eta(t)\}wi​(t)=P{xt​=i∣η(t)}. It is updated by Bayes' rule: with zj(u,w)i=∑sqij psi(u,t+1) wsz^j(u, w)_i = \sum_s q_{ij}\, p_{si}(u, t+1)\, w_szj(u,w)i​=∑s​qij​psi​(u,t+1)ws​ and ∥z∥=∑i∣zi∣\|z\| = \sum_i |z_i|∥z∥=∑i​∣zi​∣, the output ηt+1=j\eta_{t+1} = jηt+1​=j gives w(t+1)=zj(u(t),w(t))/∥zj(u(t),w(t))∥w(t+1) = z^j(u(t), w(t)) / \|z^j(u(t), w(t))\|w(t+1)=zj(u(t),w(t))/∥zj(u(t),w(t))∥, and ∥zj∥\|z^j\|∥zj∥ is the probability of that output. The cost-to-go Vk(w)V_k(w)Vk​(w) is the minimal expected cost of the steps k,…,Nk, \dots, Nk,…,N when xkx_kxk​ has distribution www, with VN+1=0V_{N+1} = 0VN+1​=0. Problem P.2 controls the process w(t)w(t)w(t) directly: a law chooses u(t)u(t)u(t) from w(1),…,w(t)w(1), \dots, w(t)w(1),…,w(t) to minimize E∑t=1N∑ig(u(t),i,t) wi(t)E\sum_{t=1}^N \sum_i g(u(t), i, t)\, w_i(t)E∑t=1N​∑i​g(u(t),i,t)wi​(t).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3

P.1 has a solution if and only if P.2 has one. For every solution (V,c0)(V, c^0)(V,c0) of the functional equation

Vk(w)=min⁡u∈U{∑ig(u,i,k) wi+∑jVk+1(zj(u,w)∥zj(u,w)∥)∥zj(u,w)∥},VN+1=0,(3.28)V_k(w) = \min_{u \in U} \Big\{ \sum_i g(u, i, k)\, w_i + \sum_j V_{k+1}\Big(\frac{z^j(u, w)}{\|z^j(u, w)\|}\Big) \|z^j(u, w)\| \Big\}, \qquad V_{N+1} = 0, \tag{3.28}Vk​(w)=u∈Umin​{i∑​g(u,i,k)wi​+j∑​Vk+1​(∥zj(u,w)∥zj(u,w)​)∥zj(u,w)∥},VN+1​=0,(3.28)

with c0(w,k)c^0(w, k)c0(w,k) attaining the minimum, the law

u(t)=c0(w(t),t)u(t) = c^0(w(t), t)u(t)=c0(w(t),t)

is optimal for P.1 and for P.2, among all admissible laws of each, and both minimal values equal Eη1V1(w(1))E_{\eta_1} V_1(w(1))Eη1​​V1​(w(1)).

Milestones

  1. (3.20)–(3.25): the conditional distributions obey the Bayes recursion, and ∥zj∥=P[yt+1=j∣η(t)]\|z^j\| = P[y_{t+1} = j \mid \eta(t)]∥zj∥=P[yt+1​=j∣η(t)].
  2. Theorem 1: the cost-to-go satisfies (3.28) with the minimum attained, and an optimal Markov law attains it.
  3. Theorem 2: a solution of (3.28) gives an optimal law for P.1 with value (3.29).
  4. Lemma 1: under u(t)=c(w(t),t)u(t) = c(w(t), t)u(t)=c(w(t),t), {w(t)}\{w(t)\}{w(t)} is a Markov process with transition probabilities P(y,Γ,u)=∑k∈K∥zk(u,y)∥P(y, \Gamma, u) = \sum_{k \in K} \|z^k(u, y)\|P(y,Γ,u)=∑k∈K​∥zk(u,y)∥.
  5. Proof of Theorem 3: the integral against this kernel is the sum in (3.28).

Significance

The result. Theorem 3 replaces a minimization over functions of ever longer measurement records with a recursion over a fixed space, the probability simplex over the states. Every exact and approximate POMDP algorithm starts from it: value iteration on beliefs, the piecewise-linear representation of Smallwood and Sondik, point-based methods. It also splits the controller in two. A filter computes w(t)w(t)w(t) in real time, and the function c0c^0c0 can be computed off-line. This is the decomposition the paper draws on p. 189, and it extends the linear-quadratic separation theorem to arbitrary finite chains.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved. The platform has the reduction in Bäuerle and Rieder's discounted Borel model with an observable state component and rewards in extended reals. It does not have Åström's model: finite chains, time-dependent transition matrices, an unobservable state, costs, and laws of the raw output history. This mission formalizes Åström's statements as he gives them. The cost (2.6) is defined from the joint law of states and outputs, and the comparison classes are all laws of the outputs (P.1) and all laws of the distribution history (P.2). The finite setting makes every expectation a finite sum, so a complete development needs no measure theory.

Difficulty

The obvious argument is backward induction on the conditional distributions. The difficulty is that w(t)w(t)w(t) depends on the controls already used, so it is not given in advance: the state of the reduced problem is produced by the law being optimized. It has to be shown that the expected cost of an arbitrary law of the outputs, computed from the joint law, splits as the reduced recursion says. In particular, laws that use more of the record than w(t)w(t)w(t) must gain nothing. Restricting the comparison class to laws of the form c(w(t),t)c(w(t), t)c(w(t),t) assumes this conclusion.

A second difficulty is attainment. "Min" in (3.28) and "has a solution" presuppose that minima over UUU are attained, which needs continuity of Vk+1V_{k+1}Vk+1​ on the simplex. The weights ∥zj(u,w)∥\|z^j(u, w)\|∥zj(u,w)∥ can vanish, and then the update zj/∥zj∥z^j/\|z^j\|zj/∥zj∥ is undefined.

Formalization scope

States and outputs are finite types, St and Obs, with the chain given by the structure Model. Controls are Fin r → ℝ, and UUU is compact and nonempty. The law p1p^1p1 of x1x_1x1​ is the datum in place of the paper's law of x0x_0x0​, since no control u(0)u(0)u(0) exists. The transition from xtx_txt​ to xt+1x_{t+1}xt+1​ uses u(t)u(t)u(t) and the matrix p(u(t),t+1)p(u(t), t+1)p(u(t),t+1). Times 1,…,N1, \dots, N1,…,N are indexed by Fin N as 0,…,N−10, \dots, N-10,…,N−1.

The norm ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥ is the ℓ1\ell^1ℓ1 norm l1, not Mathlib's sup norm. Conditional distributions are ratios of path sums, condState, and are claimed only on output histories of positive probability. When ∥zj∥=0\|z^j\| = 0∥zj∥=0 the update is the zero vector and is always multiplied by 000.

The cost-to-go costToGo is an infimum over admissible tail laws. Its index set is nonempty and the costs are bounded below, so the real infimum is a true infimum. It is never defined through (3.28), since that would make Theorem 1 circular. The P.2 functional sums branch by branch over the outputs, with weights ∥zj∥\|z^j\|∥zj∥. "Given by Theorem 1" is read as "c0(w,k)∈Uc^0(w, k) \in Uc0(w,k)∈U attains the minimum in (3.28)" (IsSolution328).

The goal is not the bare equivalence of solvability. In this compact, continuous, finite setting both problems always have solutions, so that sentence alone is trivially true. The goal also requires the law c0(w(t),t)c^0(w(t), t)c0(w(t),t) to be optimal in both problems, against every admissible law, with equal minimal values.

Reusable beyond this mission are the finite POMDP model, the joint path law, the Bayes filter and the belief-MDP kernel. Welcome contributions include proofs of the milestones, the continuity of VkV_kVk​ on the simplex, and existence of solutions of (3.28).

Selected references

  • K. J. Åström, Optimal control of Markov processes with incomplete state information, Journal of Mathematical Analysis and Applications 10(1):174–205, 1965. https://doi.org/10.1016/0022-247X(65)90154-X
  • R. D. Smallwood and E. J. Sondik, The optimal control of partially observable Markov processes over a finite horizon, Operations Research 21(5):1071–1088, 1973. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.21.5.1071
  • D. P. Bertsekas and S. E. Shreve, Stochastic Optimal Control: The Discrete-Time Case, Academic Press, 1978, Chapter 10. https://web.mit.edu/dimitrib/www/soc.html
  • N. Bäuerle and U. Rieder, Markov Decision Processes with Applications to Finance, Springer, 2011, Chapter 5. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-18324-9
  • P. D. Joseph and J. T. Tou, On linear control theory, Transactions of the AIEE, Part II 80(4):193–196, 1961. https://doi.org/10.1109/TAI.1961.6371743
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
CombinatoricsOperations ResearchProbability+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Reversibility and Stochastic Networks VI: The Ewens Sampling Distribution Is Consistent Under Sampling Without ReplacementTextbook

Motivation

The neutral theory of molecular evolution holds that much of the genetic variation observed at the molecular level is caused by selectively neutral mutations rather than by selection. To test it against data one needs the distribution of allele frequencies that a neutral model predicts, and in practice that distribution has to be compared with a sample from the population, never with the whole population. Ewens (Ewens 1972) derived the equilibrium distribution of allele counts under the infinite alleles model, now called the Ewens sampling formula; it underlies classical tests of neutrality and appears throughout combinatorics and probability as the law of the cycle type of an Ewens-distributed random permutation and of the Chinese restaurant process.

Chapter 7 of F. P. Kelly, Reversibility and Stochastic Networks (Wiley, 1979) obtains the infinite alleles model as a limit of the reversible migration processes of Chapters 2 and 6, and uses reversibility to answer questions about allele ages and fixation. The mission formalizes the finite, combinatorial results of that chapter.

Timeline. Kimura and Crow (1964) introduced the infinite alleles model. Ewens (1972) found its equilibrium sampling distribution (7.6). Kingman (1978, J. London Math. Soc.) characterized the consistency of random partitions under sampling, the property Theorem 7.1 asserts for the Ewens family. Kelly (1979, Chapter 7) derived (7.6) as a limit of reversible migration processes, and the consistency and the allele-age results from the reversibility of a labelled population process.

Setting

A population consists of M≥2M\ge2M≥2 individuals, each carrying an allelic type. Its description is M=(M1,…,MM)\mathbf M=(M_1,\dots,M_M)M=(M1​,…,MM​), where MiM_iMi​ is the number of allelic types carried by exactly iii individuals, so that

∑i=1MiMi=M.(7.3)\sum_{i=1}^{M} iM_i=M. \qquad (7.3)i=1∑M​iMi​=M.(7.3)

For a real parameter ν>0\nu>0ν>0, the Ewens distribution on descriptions is

πM(M)=(ν+M−1M)−1∏i=1M(νi)Mi1Mi!,(7.6)\pi_M(\mathbf M)=\binom{\nu+M-1}{M}^{-1}\prod_{i=1}^{M}\Big(\frac{\nu}{i}\Big)^{M_i}\frac{1}{M_i!}, \qquad (7.6)πM​(M)=(Mν+M−1​)−1i=1∏M​(iν​)Mi​Mi​!1​,(7.6)

where (xk)=x(x−1)⋯(x−k+1)/k!\binom{x}{k}=x(x-1)\cdots(x-k+1)/k!(kx​)=x(x−1)⋯(x−k+1)/k! is the binomial coefficient for real xxx. In the infinite alleles model, individuals die at rate μ\muμ, each death is followed by the birth of an offspring of a uniformly chosen survivor, and the offspring is a mutant of an entirely new type with probability uuu; then (7.6) is the equilibrium distribution with ν=(M−1)u/(1−u)\nu=(M-1)u/(1-u)ν=(M−1)u/(1−u) (7.5).

A random sample of size 1≤m≤M1\le m\le M1≤m≤M without replacement is a uniformly random mmm-element subset of the MMM labelled individuals, each of the (Mm)\binom Mm(mM​) subsets being equally likely; the sample has a description in the same sense.

The number jjj of individuals carrying one given allele performs a random walk on {0,…,M}\{0,\dots,M\}{0,…,M} with intensities

q(j,j−1)=μjM(M−jM−1+j−1M−1u),q(j,j+1)=μM−jMjM−1(1−u).(7.8)q(j,j-1)=\mu\frac jM\Big(\frac{M-j}{M-1}+\frac{j-1}{M-1}u\Big),\qquad q(j,j+1)=\mu\frac{M-j}{M}\frac{j}{M-1}(1-u). \qquad (7.8)q(j,j−1)=μMj​(M−1M−j​+M−1j−1​u),q(j,j+1)=μMM−j​M−1j​(1−u).(7.8)

An allele is quasi-fixed when it is the only allele present (j=Mj=Mj=M).

Formalization targets

Goal: consistency under sampling (Theorem 7.1)

If M≥2M\ge2M≥2 and the population description is distributed as πM\pi_MπM​, then a random sample of size 1≤m≤M1\le m\le M1≤m≤M drawn without replacement has description m\mathbf mm with probability πm(m)\pi_m(\mathbf m)πm​(m), the same ν\nuν being used for both sizes:

∑MπM(M) P(sample has description m∣population has description M)=πm(m).\sum_{\mathbf M}\pi_M(\mathbf M)\,P\big(\text{sample has description }\mathbf m\mid\text{population has description }\mathbf M\big)=\pi_m(\mathbf m).M∑​πM​(M)P(sample has description m∣population has description M)=πm​(m).

Milestones

  1. (7.6) is a distribution: πM(M)>0\pi_M(\mathbf M)>0πM​(M)>0 and ∑MπM(M)=1\sum_{\mathbf M}\pi_M(\mathbf M)=1∑M​πM​(M)=1 (Exercise 7.1.3).
  2. Theorem 7.1 for m=M−1m=M-1m=M−1, the case the book's proof establishes first.
  3. Corollary 7.5, the identity of its proof: the probability that a uniformly chosen individual's allele is carried by exactly iii individuals is
∑MiMiMπM(M)=νM(ν+M−1i)−1(Mi).(7.9)\sum_{\mathbf M}\frac{iM_i}{M}\pi_M(\mathbf M)=\frac{\nu}{M}\binom{\nu+M-1}{i}^{-1}\binom Mi. \qquad (7.9)M∑​MiMi​​πM​(M)=Mν​(iν+M−1​)−1(iM​).(7.9)
  1. Theorem 7.9: the probability QQQ that the walk (7.8) started at 111 reaches MMM before 000 satisfies
Q−1=∑i=0M−1(M−1i)−1(ν+M−1i).Q^{-1}=\sum_{i=0}^{M-1}\binom{M-1}{i}^{-1}\binom{\nu+M-1}{i}.Q−1=i=0∑M−1​(iM−1​)−1(iν+M−1​).

Significance

The results. Consistency under sampling is what makes the Ewens formula usable as a statistical model: the predicted distribution for an observed sample does not depend on the unknown population size, only on ν\nuν. Kelly deduces from it the sufficiency of the number of alleles in a sample for ν\nuν and the heterozygosity ν/(ν+1)\nu/(\nu+1)ν/(ν+1) (Exercises 7.1.5, 7.1.8). The formula (7.9) gives the equilibrium frequency of the oldest allele, and Theorem 7.9 gives the quasi-fixation probability from which the mean time between quasi-fixations follows (Corollary 7.10).

Formalizing them. All four results are classical and proved; none has a machine-checked proof on the platform or in Mathlib as of this writing. The mission produces a reusable formal Ewens distribution over integer partitions, a definition of sampling without replacement by counting labelled subsets, and an absorption probability for an explicit birth–death walk. Proofs independent of Kelly's process argument are welcome.

Difficulty

The book's proof of Theorem 7.1 is a process argument: in a population whose size fluctuates between M−1M-1M−1 and MMM, a drop in size acts as a random deletion, and the truncated equilibrium (7.7) restricted to each size gives πM−1\pi_{M-1}πM−1​ and πM\pi_MπM​. Turning that into a statement about finite sets requires the equilibrium of a truncated reversible process, which is not available here, so a formal proof must either build that process or find a direct combinatorial route. A direct route has to relate, for each description of the sample, the number of mmm-subsets of a labelled population with a given description to products of binomial coefficients, and sum the result against (7.6); the bookkeeping over partitions is where the work lies. Theorem 7.9 needs a solution of the first-step equations of a non-symmetric walk and the identification of that solution with a hitting probability defined as a limit.

Formalization scope

  • Descriptions of nnn individuals are integer partitions Nat.Partition n, with MiM_iMi​ the multiplicity of the part iii; the product in (7.6) runs over i=1,…,ni=1,\dots,ni=1,…,n. The real binomial coefficient is the published definition AppliedComb.GenFun.binomReal.
  • The population is Fin M with allelic types Fin M → ℕ; the description of a labelled set is computed from the labelling. The sampling probability is (Mm)−1\binom Mm^{-1}(mM​)−1 times the number of mmm-subsets whose restricted labelling has the given description. It is not defined by a formula on descriptions, and a definition that removed individuals one at a time in proportion to class sizes (the book's proof route) is ruled out as a definition because it presupposes the reduction the proof must supply.
  • The goal and Corollary 7.5 quantify over an arbitrary choice of labelling for each population description. They assume M≥2M\ge2M≥2, as required by the chapter's rule that a parent is chosen among the other M−1M-1M−1 individuals; the goal also assumes 1≤m≤M1\le m\le M1≤m≤M. Because πM>0\pi_M>0πM​>0, this forces the conditional sampling law to depend on the population only through its description. Types are natural numbers, so every description is realized and the hypothesis is never vacuous.
  • The quasi-fixation probability is defined through the jump chain of (7.8): the limit of the probabilities of reaching MMM within nnn jumps without reaching 000. The theorem assumes M≥2M\ge2M≥2, μ>0\mu>0μ>0, 0<u<10<u<10<u<1 and ν=(M−1)u/(1−u)\nu=(M-1)u/(1-u)ν=(M−1)u/(1−u).
  • Corollary 7.5 is formalized as the identity of its proof. The identification of the oldest allele's frequency with that of a randomly chosen individual uses allele ages and the reversibility of the labelled process (Theorem 7.2) and is not formalized. Theorem 7.2 itself, whose state space orders the allele labels within each class, and the allele-age results (Corollaries 7.3, 7.4, 7.7, 7.8, Theorem 7.6, Corollary 7.10, Theorem 7.11) are not part of the mission.

Contributions of general partition and sampling lemmas (counting subsets with a given description, the generating function identity (1−x)−ν=∏jeνxj/j(1-x)^{-\nu}=\prod_j e^{\nu x^j/j}(1−x)−ν=∏j​eνxj/j) are reusable beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • F. P. Kelly, Reversibility and Stochastic Networks, Wiley, 1979, Chapter 7. https://www.statslab.cam.ac.uk/~frank/BOOKS/kelly_book.html
  • W. J. Ewens, The sampling theory of selectively neutral alleles, Theoretical Population Biology 3 (1972), 87–112. https://doi.org/10.1016/0040-5809(72)90035-4
  • J. F. C. Kingman, The representation of partition structures, Journal of the London Mathematical Society (2) 18 (1978), 374–380. https://doi.org/10.1112/jlms/s2-18.2.374
  • M. Kimura and J. F. Crow, The number of alleles that can be maintained in a finite population, Genetics 49 (1964), 725–738. https://doi.org/10.1093/genetics/49.4.725
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
ProbabilityReinforcement Learning·Captain: mikedeng1

Linear Least-Squares Algorithms for Temporal Difference Learning I: Probability-One Convergence of Trial-Based LS TD on Absorbing Markov ChainsResearch Paper

Motivation

Temporal-difference learning estimates the value of a policy from observed state transitions and rewards. In a finite Markov decision process, fixing a policy produces a Markov chain, so policy evaluation becomes the task of estimating the expected return from each state. Bradtke and Barto's 1996 paper introduced a least-squares temporal-difference method, LS TD, that uses each observed transition in a linear system instead of selecting a learning-rate schedule. Their Theorem 1 states probability-one convergence for trials that end at absorbing states under explicit conditions on state access, rewards, and features. This mission formalizes that result and the statements the authors use to reach it. Bradtke and Barto, 1996.

The result matters for episodic policy evaluation: a learner may collect many short trajectories, each begun from a prescribed start distribution, and update the same estimate as data accumulate. The theorem identifies conditions under which the limit is the true value parameter even when the discount factor is one. That endpoint is useful for undiscounted tasks ending in an absorbing goal state; it also makes the convergence claim more delicate than the standard discounted case. The paper proves the result mathematically. The Lean statements in this mission are targets for machine-checked proofs, not claims of proofs already present in Mathlib. Bradtke and Barto, Theorem 1, pp. 43–44.

Setting

Let XXX be a finite, nonempty set of states. After a policy is fixed, P(x,y)P(x,y)P(x,y) is the probability of a transition from xxx to yyy, so each row of PPP is nonnegative and sums to one. A transition earns a deterministic real reward R(x,y)R(x,y)R(x,y). A state is absorbing when P(x,x)=1P(x,x)=1P(x,x)=1; let T\mathcal TT be the absorbing states and N=X∖T\mathcal N=X\setminus\mathcal TN=X∖T the others. The chain is absorbing when some absorbing state can be reached with positive probability from every state. A start distribution SSS gives the state at the beginning of each trial. No state is inaccessible when every state can be reached from the positive support of SSS.

For a discount γ\gammaγ, the expected immediate reward is rˉ(x)=∑yP(x,y)R(x,y)\bar r(x)=\sum_yP(x,y)R(x,y)rˉ(x)=∑y​P(x,y)R(x,y). The true value function is defined by the expected return

V(x)=∑k=0∞γk(Pkrˉ)(x).V(x)=\sum_{k=0}^{\infty}\gamma^k(P^k\bar r)(x).V(x)=k=0∑∞​γk(Pkrˉ)(x).

A feature vector ϕx∈Rm\phi_x\in\mathbb R^mϕx​∈Rm represents state xxx. The matrix Φ\PhiΦ has row xxx equal to ϕx⊤\phi_x^\topϕx⊤​. The target parameter θ∗\theta^*θ∗ is a vector for which V(x)=ϕx⊤θ∗V(x)=\phi_x^\top\theta^*V(x)=ϕx⊤​θ∗ at every state; it is something the theorem must establish, not an input chosen by a formula. Equation (11) forms an LS TD estimate θn\theta_nθn​ from the observed feature differences and rewards. Bradtke and Barto, §2, Table 1, Eq. (11).

Figure 2 collects trials. Each starts from SSS, follows PPP while the current state is non-absorbing, and ends upon entry into T\mathcal TT. The next trial starts with a fresh draw from SSS. The estimator includes transitions taken within trials; a draw that starts the next trial is not an observed transition for Eq. (11). Bradtke and Barto, Figure 2, p. 42.

Formalization targets

Theorem 1: convergence of trial-based LS TD

If every state is accessible from SSS, rewards between absorbing states vanish, the feature vectors on N\mathcal NN are linearly independent, features on T\mathcal TT are zero, m=∣N∣m=|\mathcal N|m=∣N∣, and 0≤γ≤10\le\gamma\le10≤γ≤1, then the expected-return series converges and there is a parameter θ∗\theta^*θ∗ satisfying

V(x)=ϕx⊤θ∗(x∈X),θn⟶θ∗with probability one.V(x)=\phi_x^\top\theta^*\quad(x\in X),\qquad \theta_n\longrightarrow\theta^*\quad\text{with probability one}.V(x)=ϕx⊤​θ∗(x∈X),θn​⟶θ∗with probability one.

The theorem keeps the paper's endpoint γ=1\gamma=1γ=1. The return series' convergence is explicit because a real infinite sum in Lean has a default value when it diverges. Bradtke and Barto, Theorem 1, p. 43.

Supporting targets

The milestone list follows the statements used in the paper: almost-sure visits and departure proportions for the trials; invertibility of the non-absorbing block of I−γPI-\gamma PI−γP; invertibility of Φ⊤Π(I−γP)Φ\Phi^\top\Pi(I-\gamma P)\PhiΦ⊤Π(I−γP)Φ for positive non-absorbing weights; Lemma 5's probability-one limit [Φ⊤Π(I−γP)Φ]−1Φ⊤Πrˉ[\Phi^\top\Pi(I-\gamma P)\Phi]^{-1}\Phi^\top\Pi\bar r[Φ⊤Π(I−γP)Φ]−1Φ⊤Πrˉ; and Eq. (12), rˉ=(I−γP)Φθ∗\bar r=(I-\gamma P)\Phi\theta^*rˉ=(I−γP)Φθ∗, together with finiteness of the true parameter. Here Π=diag⁡(π)\Pi=\operatorname{diag}(\pi)Π=diag(π). Bradtke and Barto, Lemma 5, p. 43; Proof of Theorem 1, p. 44.

Significance

Theorem 1 identifies the target of the asymptotic LS TD estimate: the value function defined from rewards, rather than merely a vector satisfying a sampled linear system. It covers an undiscounted absorbing chain, where a general fixed-point equation for values would fail to determine the values of absorbing states. The zero-reward and zero-feature conditions determine that boundary correctly. The result also explains the dimension condition: one independent feature vector for each non-absorbing state permits exact representation of the return. Bradtke and Barto, pp. 43–44.

A complete formal development would connect finite-state stochastic-process laws, visit frequencies, matrix limits, and the return-defined value function in one checked statement. The reusable parts include a finite row-stochastic chain model, a path-law description of restarts, a filtered least-squares estimator, and results about transient blocks of stochastic matrices. The paper's mathematical proof exists; this mission asks for formal proofs of its Lean targets. It also leaves room for alternative proofs and sharper, separately stated variants without weakening Theorem 1.

Difficulty

Ordinary matrix convergence cannot be applied until the observed transition frequencies are known to converge and the limiting matrix is invertible. A trial has random length, and the process resets after absorption, so a sequence indexed by all restart-process steps does not have the same raw state proportions as a count indexed by trials. The proof must account for both clocks while retaining the in-trial data of Eq. (11). At γ=1\gamma=1γ=1, a direct geometric-series argument for the value function is unavailable; its finiteness depends on absorption and the reward convention. The matrix I−γPI-\gamma PI−γP itself is singular at the undiscounted endpoint because of absorbing states, while its non-absorbing block is the relevant invertible matrix. Bradtke and Barto, Proof of Theorem 1, p. 44.

Formalization scope

The Lean state type is finite and nonempty. The paper evaluates one fixed policy, so PPP is a real row-stochastic matrix and RRR is a deterministic real reward on transitions; there is no action type in the formal statement. Absorbing states are exactly those with P(x,x)=1P(x,x)=1P(x,x)=1, and “absorbing chain” means that an absorbing state is reachable from every state. The paper does not define “inaccessible”; the formalization reads it as unreachable from the positive support of SSS. The state space carries the discrete measurable structure. Theorem 1's restart process and Lemma 5's ordinary Markov chain are each constrained by their finite-dimensional cylinder probabilities, not by assumed transition frequencies.

The feature space is Rm\mathbb R^mRm, and mmm equals the cardinality of the subtype N\mathcal NN. LS TD uses only departures from N\mathcal NN. Index nnn counts restart-process steps, so the estimate repeats at a restart draw; the paper counts in-trial transitions. These indices have the same asymptotic estimate when transitions continue. The 1/t1/t1/t factors in Eq. (11) cancel, and early singular inverses take Lean's total-inverse default. The value function is the return series, and the goal explicitly asserts its summability. The true parameter is existential, never defined by the formula whose convergence the theorem is meant to prove.

The paper defines πx\pi_xπx​ for absorbing chains as expected departures from xxx per trial. The Theorem 1 visit-frequency milestone normalizes by restart-process steps, which rescales all weights by one positive common factor; Lemma 5's matrix expression is invariant under that rescaling. Lemma 5 itself counts every ordinary-chain transition and carries the paper's “any Markov chain” scope. The milestone on invertibility allows arbitrary weights at absorbing states because their feature rows are zero. These conventions are recorded with each Lean item. Contributions toward the path-law frequency theorem, transient-matrix invertibility, return-series summability, and the matrix limit are all within scope. A vacuous path law or a value function defined from the desired linear equation would not establish the stated goal.

Selected references

  • S. J. Bradtke and A. G. Barto, Linear Least-Squares Algorithms for Temporal Difference Learning, Machine Learning 22, 33–57 (1996). DOI: 10.1023/A:1018056104778.
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Optimization of Multiclass Queueing Networks: Polyhedral and Nonlinear Characterizations of Achievable Performance I: Quadratic Potential Functions Bound Mean Response Times in Open NetworksResearch Paper

Motivation

Scheduling in a multiclass queueing network asks which waiting job a server should work on next when jobs of several types share stations and revisit them along fixed routes. Such networks model semiconductor wafer fabs, job shops and communication switches. Optimal policies are rarely computable: the state space is countably infinite, and even deciding properties of optimal policies is hard (Papadimitriou and Tsitsiklis 1999). A practical substitute is the achievable region approach: describe, by constraints that every policy must satisfy, a set containing all performance vectors any policy can achieve, then optimize a linear cost over that set to get a lower bound on the optimal cost.

Bertsimas, Paschalidis and Tsitsiklis (MIT Sloan working paper 1992; Ann. Appl. Probab. 1994) gave a general method for producing such constraints for open networks, by computing the steady-state drift of quadratic potential functions. This mission formalizes their first-order bounds (Section 4).

Timeline:

  • 1980–1988: Coffman and Mitrani, then Federgruen and Groenevelt — the achievable performance vectors of a single-station multiclass queue form a polytope described by conservation laws.
  • Early 1990s: Kumar (reference [Kuma] of the paper), using a potential-function argument he attributes to Meyn, derives a single lower bound on the mean number in system for re-entrant lines with deterministic routing (described on p. 16 of the paper).
  • 1992–1994: Bertsimas, Paschalidis and Tsitsiklis — parametric families of linear bounds for general open networks with Markovian routing (Theorem 4.1), and the nonparametric polyhedron (Theorems 4.2–4.4), shown to be at least as tight.

Setting

A network has NNN single-server stations and RRR job classes. Class rrr is served at station σ(r)\sigma(r)σ(r), and CiC_iCi​ is the set of classes served at station iii. Class-rrr jobs arrive from outside as a Poisson stream of rate λ0r\lambda_{0r}λ0r​, service times are exponential with rate μr\mu_rμr​, and after service a class-rrr job becomes a class-sss job with probability prsp_{rs}prs​ or leaves with probability pr0=1−∑sprsp_{r0}=1-\sum_s p_{rs}pr0​=1−∑s​prs​. The traffic equations

λr=λ0r+∑r′λr′pr′r(15)\lambda_r=\lambda_{0r}+\sum_{r'}\lambda_{r'}p_{r'r}\qquad(15)λr​=λ0r​+r′∑​λr′​pr′r​(15)

have a unique solution λ\lambdaλ (the network is open), and ∑r∈Ciλr/μr<1\sum_{r\in C_i}\lambda_r/\mu_r<1∑r∈Ci​​λr​/μr​<1 at every station.

The state n⃗=(n1,…,nR)\vec n=(n_1,\dots,n_R)n=(n1​,…,nR​) counts the jobs of each class. A Markovian policy decides from the current state which classes are in service, at most one per station and only classes with jobs present; idling is allowed. Write BrB_rBr​ for the event that station σ(r)\sigma(r)σ(r) serves class rrr, and B0iB_{0i}B0i​ for the event that station iii is idle. Under such a policy n⃗(t)\vec n(t)n(t) is a continuous-time Markov chain. Assumption A requires that it has a unique invariant distribution π\piπ and that Eπ[nr2]<∞E_\pi[n_r^2]<\inftyEπ​[nr2​]<∞ for all rrr. Let nˉr=Eπ[nr]\bar n_r=E_\pi[n_r]nˉr​=Eπ​[nr​], which equals λrxr\lambda_rx_rλr​xr​ with xrx_rxr​ the mean response time of class rrr (Little's law), and define

Irr′=Eπ[1{Br}nr′],Nir′=Eπ[1{B0i}nr′].I_{rr'}=E_\pi[1\{B_r\}n_{r'}],\qquad N_{ir'}=E_\pi[1\{B_{0i}\}n_{r'}].Irr′​=Eπ​[1{Br​}nr′​],Nir′​=Eπ​[1{B0i​}nr′​].

For a set SSS of classes, f-parameters are reals f(r)≥0f(r)\ge 0f(r)≥0 for r∈Sr\in Sr∈S such that μr[∑r′∈Sprr′(f(r)−f(r′))+∑r′∉Sprr′f(r)]\mu_r\big[\sum_{r'\in S}p_{rr'}(f(r)-f(r'))+\sum_{r'\notin S}p_{rr'}f(r)\big]μr​[∑r′∈S​prr′​(f(r)−f(r′))+∑r′∈/S​prr′​f(r)] is nonnegative and the same for all r∈Ci∩Sr\in C_i\cap Sr∈Ci​∩S; that common value is fif_ifi​, and fi=0f_i=0fi​=0 when Ci∩S=∅C_i\cap S=\emptysetCi​∩S=∅ (restriction (17)). The sums over r′∉Sr'\notin Sr′∈/S include the exit r′=0r'=0r′=0.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.1

For every policy satisfying Assumption A, every SSS and every f-parameters satisfying (17),

∑r∈Sλrf(r)xr ≥ N′(S)D′(S),\sum_{r\in S}\lambda_rf(r)x_r\ \ge\ \frac{N'(S)}{D'(S)},r∈S∑​λr​f(r)xr​ ≥ D′(S)N′(S)​,

where

N′(S)=∑r∈Sλ0rf2(r)+∑r∉Sλr∑r′∈Sprr′f2(r′)+∑r∈Sλr[∑r′∈Sprr′(f(r)−f(r′))2+∑r′∉Sprr′f2(r)],N'(S)=\sum_{r\in S}\lambda_{0r}f^2(r)+\sum_{r\notin S}\lambda_r\sum_{r'\in S}p_{rr'}f^2(r')+\sum_{r\in S}\lambda_r\Big[\sum_{r'\in S}p_{rr'}(f(r)-f(r'))^2+\sum_{r'\notin S}p_{rr'}f^2(r)\Big],N′(S)=r∈S∑​λ0r​f2(r)+r∈/S∑​λr​r′∈S∑​prr′​f2(r′)+r∈S∑​λr​[r′∈S∑​prr′​(f(r)−f(r′))2+r′∈/S∑​prr′​f2(r)], D′(S)=2[∑i=1Nfi−∑r∈Sλ0rf(r)].D'(S)=2\Big[\sum_{i=1}^Nf_i-\sum_{r\in S}\lambda_{0r}f(r)\Big].D′(S)=2[i=1∑N​fi​−r∈S∑​λ0r​f(r)].

The formal goal is the product form N′(S)≤D′(S)∑r∈Sf(r)nˉrN'(S)\le D'(S)\sum_{r\in S}f(r)\bar n_rN′(S)≤D′(S)∑r∈S​f(r)nˉr​.

Milestones

  1. The utilization identity Eπ[1{Br}]=λr/μrE_\pi[1\{B_r\}]=\lambda_r/\mu_rEπ​[1{Br​}]=λr​/μr​ (pp. 16 and 19).
  2. Theorem 4.2: the linear equalities (24), (25) between nˉr\bar n_rnˉr​ and Irr′I_{rr'}Irr′​.
  3. Theorem 4.3: ∑r∈CiIrr′+Nir′=nˉr′\sum_{r\in C_i}I_{rr'}+N_{ir'}=\bar n_{r'}∑r∈Ci​​Irr′​+Nir′​=nˉr′​ (28).
  4. Theorem 4.4: any nonnegative (x,I,N)(x,I,N)(x,I,N) satisfying (24), (25), (28), with nˉr=λrxr\bar n_r=\lambda_rx_rnˉr​=λr​xr​ in those equalities, satisfies every inequality of Theorem 4.1. This statement is deterministic.

Significance

Theorem 4.1 gives, for each choice of SSS and fff, a linear inequality on mean response times valid for all admissible policies. Minimizing a linear holding cost ∑rcrxr\sum_r c_rx_r∑r​cr​xr​ subject to these inequalities is a linear program whose value bounds the optimal scheduling cost from below; the paper reports numerical values of such bounds in its Section 9. Theorems 4.2–4.4 show that a polynomial-size polyhedron in the variables (nˉ,I,N)(\bar n,I,N)(nˉ,I,N) implies all of these inequalities at once, so the parametric search over fff is unnecessary.

The results are proved in the paper. As far as is known, none of them has a machine-checked proof. Formalizing them requires a Lean treatment of invariant distributions of controlled countable-state Markov chains with unbounded test functions, which is currently absent from Mathlib, and then the algebra of the drift identities. The definitions here (network data, Markovian sequencing policies, the generator, Assumption A) are the substrate that the paper's later results on routing, closed networks and higher-order bounds would reuse.

Difficulty

Every statement except Theorem 4.4 rests on taking expectations of the generator applied to unbounded functions (nrn_rnr​, nrnr′n_rn_{r'}nr​nr′​) under the invariant distribution. The invariance condition is stated only for indicators of single states; extending ∑nπ(n)(Gg)(n)=0\sum_n\pi(n)(\mathcal Gg)(n)=0∑n​π(n)(Gg)(n)=0 to quadratic ggg needs an interchange of summations justified by the second-moment condition of Assumption A. The utilization identity additionally needs uniqueness of the traffic solution to identify μrEπ[1{Br}]\mu_rE_\pi[1\{B_r\}]μr​Eπ​[1{Br​}] with λr\lambda_rλr​. Theorem 4.1 then needs the sign bookkeeping that turns an identity into an inequality: the terms dropped are nonnegative only because f≥0f\ge0f≥0 on SSS, fi≥0f_i\ge0fi​≥0 and at most one class per station is in service.

Formalization scope

Classes are Fin R, stations Fin N, states Fin R → ℕ, all rates and probabilities real. A policy is a Bool-valued function of the state with the two admissibility constraints; work conservation is not assumed. Invariance is global balance of the generator on the countable state space; expectations are tsums. The uniformized chain and the epochs τk\tau_kτk​ of the paper are not built: the paper notes that its expectations at τk\tau_kτk​ are expectations under the invariant distribution of n⃗(t)\vec n(t)n(t).

Conventions fixed in Lean:

  • λrxr\lambda_rx_rλr​xr​ appears only as the mean number in system nˉr\bar n_rnˉr​ (Little's law, used by the paper on pp. 11 and 20); response times are not formalized.
  • Sums over r′∉Sr'\notin Sr′∈/S include the exit r′=0r'=0r′=0 (p. 15).
  • f-parameters are nonnegative on SSS (p. 9).
  • The network is open: (15) has a unique solution, and λ\lambdaλ is an input constrained by (15), never defined from the policy.
  • (18) is stated multiplied by D′(S)D'(S)D′(S), which avoids Lean's x/0=0x/0=0x/0=0 and is (18) whenever D′(S)>0D'(S)>0D′(S)>0.

A quotient-form statement of (18) would be trivially true when D′(S)=0D'(S)=0D′(S)=0, and defining λr\lambda_rλr​ as μrEπ[1{Br}]\mu_rE_\pi[1\{B_r\}]μr​Eπ​[1{Br​}] would make the utilization identity hold by definition; both are excluded.

Welcome contributions: a general lemma extending global balance to test functions of polynomial growth under moment conditions; proofs of the drift identities; the deterministic Theorem 4.4.

Selected references

  • D. Bertsimas, I. Ch. Paschalidis, J. N. Tsitsiklis, Optimization of Multiclass Queueing Networks: Polyhedral and Nonlinear Characterizations of Achievable Performance, MIT Sloan WP #3509-92-MSA, 1992; Ann. Appl. Probab. 4(1), 1994. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoap/1177005200
  • C. H. Papadimitriou, J. N. Tsitsiklis, The complexity of optimal queuing network control, Math. Oper. Res. 24(2), 1999. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.24.2.293
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Dynamic ProgrammingOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Discrete Dynamic Programming 2: A Stationary Policy Is Nearly Optimal as the Discount Factor Tends to 1 Exactly When It Maximizes x(g) and, Among Those, y(g)Research Paper

Motivation

A finite Markov decision problem with discounting is solved by Howard's policy improvement routine: start from a stationary policy, switch to actions that do better against its value, repeat. When the discount factor β\betaβ tends to 111 the total discounted income typically diverges, and the natural targets become the long-run average income and, among policies with the best average, the policy that does best in the transient phase. Howard treated this undiscounted case directly (Howard, 1960). David Blackwell's 1962 paper (Blackwell, 1962) treats β=1\beta = 1β=1 as a limit of β<1\beta < 1β<1: it expands the discounted return of a stationary policy in powers of 1−β1-\beta1−β and reads off which policies remain good as β→1\beta \to 1β→1. The two leading coefficients of that expansion, the gain x(f)x(f)x(f) and the bias y(f)y(f)y(f), became the standard objects of average-reward and sensitive-discount optimality (Veinott, 1969; Puterman, 1994, Ch. 8–10).

Timeline. Howard (1960) gives policy iteration for discounted and average-income problems. Blackwell (1962) proves that some stationary policy is optimal for all β\betaβ near 111 (his Theorem 5, the subject of a companion mission) and, in Theorem 4, characterizes the nearly optimal stationary policies through xxx and yyy. Miller and Veinott (1969) and Veinott (1969) extend the expansion to all orders (nnn-discount optimality).

Setting

There are finitely many states s∈Ss \in Ss∈S and a finite nonempty set AAA of actions. Action aaa in state sss pays an income i(s,a)∈Ri(s,a) \in \mathbb Ri(s,a)∈R and moves the system to s′s's′ with probability q(s′∣s,a)q(s' \mid s,a)q(s′∣s,a). FFF is the finite set of decision rules f:S→Af : S \to Af:S→A. A policy is a sequence π={f1,f2,… }\pi = \{f_1, f_2, \dots\}π={f1​,f2​,…} of decision rules; f(∞)f^{(\infty)}f(∞) uses fff every day, and (g,π)(g, \pi)(g,π) uses ggg first and then π\piπ. For f∈Ff \in Ff∈F, r(f)r(f)r(f) is the vector (i(s,f(s)))s(i(s,f(s)))_s(i(s,f(s)))s​ and Q(f)Q(f)Q(f) the Markov matrix (q(s′∣s,f(s)))s,s′(q(s' \mid s,f(s)))_{s,s'}(q(s′∣s,f(s)))s,s′​. The discounted return of π\piπ is the vector

Vβ(π)=∑n=0∞βnQ(f1)⋯Q(fn) r(fn+1),0≤β<1,V_\beta(\pi) = \sum_{n=0}^\infty \beta^n Q(f_1)\cdots Q(f_n)\, r(f_{n+1}), \qquad 0 \le \beta < 1,Vβ​(π)=n=0∑∞​βnQ(f1​)⋯Q(fn​)r(fn+1​),0≤β<1,

and Vβ(f)V_\beta(f)Vβ​(f) abbreviates Vβ(f(∞))V_\beta(f^{(\infty)})Vβ​(f(∞)). Vectors are compared coordinatewise; w1>w2w_1 > w_2w1​>w2​ means w1≥w2w_1 \ge w_2w1​≥w2​ and w1≠w2w_1 \neq w_2w1​=w2​. A policy is β-optimal if its return dominates that of every policy, and U(β)U(\beta)U(β) is the return of a β-optimal policy. It is optimal if it is β-optimal for all β\betaβ sufficiently near 111, and nearly optimal if U(β)−Vβ(π)→0U(\beta) - V_\beta(\pi) \to 0U(β)−Vβ​(π)→0 as β→1\beta \to 1β→1.

For any Markov matrix QQQ, the limit matrix Q∗Q^*Q∗ is the limit of (I+Q+⋯+QN)/(N+1)(I + Q + \cdots + Q^N)/(N+1)(I+Q+⋯+QN)/(N+1), and the deviation matrix is H=(I−Q+Q∗)−1−Q∗H = (I - Q + Q^*)^{-1} - Q^*H=(I−Q+Q∗)−1−Q∗. For a rule fff, Q∗(f)Q^*(f)Q∗(f) and H(f)H(f)H(f) are those of Q(f)Q(f)Q(f), and

x(f)=Q∗(f) r(f),y(f)=H(f) r(f).x(f) = Q^*(f)\, r(f), \qquad y(f) = H(f)\, r(f).x(f)=Q∗(f)r(f),y(f)=H(f)r(f).

With p(s,a)w=∑s′q(s′∣s,a)ws′p(s,a)w = \sum_{s'} q(s' \mid s,a) w_{s'}p(s,a)w=∑s′​q(s′∣s,a)ws′​, the set G(s,f)G(s,f)G(s,f) consists of the actions aaa with p(s,a)x(f)>xs(f)p(s,a)x(f) > x_s(f)p(s,a)x(f)>xs​(f), or with p(s,a)x(f)=xs(f)p(s,a)x(f) = x_s(f)p(s,a)x(f)=xs​(f) and i(s,a)+p(s,a)y(f)>xs(f)+ys(f)i(s,a) + p(s,a)y(f) > x_s(f) + y_s(f)i(s,a)+p(s,a)y(f)>xs​(f)+ys​(f); E(s,f)E(s,f)E(s,f) consists of those with equality in both.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4(e)

For any f0f_0f0​ with G(s,f0)=∅G(s,f_0) = \varnothingG(s,f0​)=∅ for all sss:

x(f0)≥x(g)  ∀g∈F;∃f∗∈F∗:={g:x(g)=x(f0)} with y(f∗)≥y(g) ∀g∈F∗;x(f_0) \ge x(g)\ \ \forall g \in F;\qquad \exists f^* \in F^* := \{g : x(g) = x(f_0)\}\ \text{with}\ y(f^*) \ge y(g)\ \forall g \in F^*;x(f0​)≥x(g)  ∀g∈F;∃f∗∈F∗:={g:x(g)=x(f0​)} with y(f∗)≥y(g) ∀g∈F∗; g(∞) is nearly optimal  ⟺  x(g)=x(f∗) and y(g)=y(f∗).g^{(\infty)} \text{ is nearly optimal} \iff x(g) = x(f^*) \text{ and } y(g) = y(f^*).g(∞) is nearly optimal⟺x(g)=x(f∗) and y(g)=y(f∗).

Milestones and intermediate results

Milestones: Lemma 1(b) (rank⁡(I−Q)+rank⁡Q∗=S\operatorname{rank}(I-Q) + \operatorname{rank} Q^* = Srank(I−Q)+rankQ∗=S), Theorem 4(b) (improvement for β near 1), 4(c) (a sufficient condition for optimality), Lemma 2, and 4(d) (a sufficient condition for near optimality).

The mission also states, as intermediate results:

  • Lemma 1(a), (c), (d): for every Markov matrix, convergence of the Cesàro means to a Markov Q∗Q^*Q∗ with QQ∗=Q∗Q=Q∗Q∗=Q∗QQ^* = Q^*Q = Q^*Q^* = Q^*QQ∗=Q∗Q=Q∗Q∗=Q∗; unique solvability of Qx=xQx = xQx=x, Q∗x=Q∗cQ^*x = Q^*cQ∗x=Q∗c; nonsingularity of I−Q+Q∗I - Q + Q^*I−Q+Q∗, ∑nβn(Qn−Q∗)→H\sum_n \beta^n (Q^n - Q^*) \to H∑n​βn(Qn−Q∗)→H and the identities for HHH.
  • Theorem 4(a): Vβ(f)=x(f)/(1−β)+y(f)+o(1)V_\beta(f) = x(f)/(1-\beta) + y(f) + o(1)Vβ​(f)=x(f)/(1−β)+y(f)+o(1), with x(f),y(f)x(f), y(f)x(f),y(f) the unique solutions of their linear systems; display (2), the same expansion for (g,f(∞))(g, f^{(\infty)})(g,f(∞)).
  • Theorem 3 and its Corollary for fixed β<1\beta < 1β<1, and the first assertion of 4(e).

Significance

Theorem 4(e) says that near optimality for β near 1 is exactly lexicographic maximization: first of the average income xxx, then of the bias yyy. It justifies the two-level optimality equations used throughout average-reward dynamic programming and shows that, once the β = 1 improvement routine stops, the remaining problem is a bias maximization over the gain-optimal rules. Theorem 4(a) is the first two terms of the Laurent expansion of discounted values, the starting point of sensitive-discount optimality.

The results are classical and proved in the paper (Lemma 1 with a reference to Kemeny and Snell); no machine-checked proof of them is known on the platform. A complete development produces a multichain theory of Cesàro limit and deviation matrices of arbitrary finite Markov matrices, which Mathlib does not have, and the expansion of discounted returns near β = 1.

Difficulty

Lemma 1 must be proved for every Markov matrix, including reducible and periodic ones, where QnQ^nQn does not converge and the stationary distribution is not unique; arguments through the Perron–Frobenius eigenvector of an irreducible chain do not apply. In Theorem 4(e) the hard part is the existence of a single f∗f^*f∗ whose bias dominates every gain-optimal rule in every coordinate at once; a rule maximizing each coordinate separately is not enough. The final characterization compares a stationary policy with all policies, including time-dependent ones, through U(β)U(\beta)U(β).

Formalization scope

States and actions are finite nonempty types; incomes are real of any sign; a policy is a sequence ℕ → (St → Act) with π 0 the paper's f1f_1f1​. VβV_\betaVβ​ is a real tsum. Q∗Q^*Q∗ is limUnder of the Cesàro means, and its existence is Lemma 1(a), not an assumption; H(β)H(\beta)H(β) is a matrix tsum, whose summability for 0≤β<10 \le \beta < 10≤β<1 is part of Lemma 1(d); HHH uses Mathlib's total inverse, whose nonsingularity is also part of Lemma 1(d). x(f)x(f)x(f) and y(f)y(f)y(f) are defined by the closed forms Q∗(f)r(f)Q^*(f)r(f)Q∗(f)r(f) and H(f)r(f)H(f)r(f)H(f)r(f) from the paper's proof, and Theorem 4(a) asserts that they are the unique solutions of the paper's defining systems. Limits "as β → 1" are along β→1−\beta \to 1^-β→1−. "Nearly optimal" is encoded without UUU: for every ε>0\varepsilon > 0ε>0, for all β in some interval (β0,1)(\beta_0, 1)(β0​,1), every policy's return is at most Vβ(π)+εV_\beta(\pi) + \varepsilonVβ​(π)+ε in every coordinate; this is equivalent to U(β)−Vβ(π)→0U(\beta) - V_\beta(\pi) \to 0U(β)−Vβ​(π)→0 because a β-optimal policy exists. "Optimal" (§4) and "β-optimal" (§3) are distinct definitions, and Theorem 3's β-dependent improvement set is distinct from the §4 set G(s,f)G(s,f)G(s,f).

A formalization in which optimality or near optimality is tested only against stationary policies, or in which Q∗Q^*Q∗ is assumed to exist or the chain to be irreducible, proves a different and easier theorem and does not meet the targets.

Contributions are welcome at every level: the Cesàro and Abel limit theory of finite Markov matrices (reusable well beyond this paper), the policy improvement theorem for fixed β, and the comparison arguments of Theorem 4. Theorem 3 and the Corollary are also drafted in the companion mission on Theorem 5 in another namespace.

Selected references

  • D. Blackwell, Discrete Dynamic Programming, Ann. Math. Statist. 33(2):719–726, 1962. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177704593
  • R. A. Howard, Dynamic Programming and Markov Processes, MIT Press, 1960.
  • J. G. Kemeny and J. L. Snell, Finite Markov Chains, Van Nostrand, 1960.
  • B. L. Miller and A. F. Veinott, Discrete Dynamic Programming with a Small Interest Rate, Ann. Math. Statist. 40(2):366–370, 1969.
  • A. F. Veinott, Discrete Dynamic Programming with Sensitive Discount Optimality Criteria, Ann. Math. Statist. 40(5):1635–1660, 1969. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177697379
  • M. L. Puterman, Markov Decision Processes: Discrete Stochastic Dynamic Programming, Wiley, 1994. https://doi.org/10.1002/9780470316887
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Dynamic ProgrammingMachine LearningReinforcement Learning·Captain: mikedeng1

Reinforcement Learning: An Introduction IX: Average Reward and the Futility of Discounting in Continuing ProblemsTextbook

Motivation

Reinforcement learning formulates control as maximizing reward accumulated over time. For continuing tasks, where interaction never terminates, the standard textbook objective is the discounted return with a discount rate γ<1\gamma < 1γ<1. Chapter 10 of Sutton and Barto, Reinforcement Learning: An Introduction (2nd ed., MIT Press, 2018), argues that once values are approximated by a function of features rather than stored per state, this objective is the wrong one, and it proposes the average-reward setting, long standard in dynamic programming (Puterman, Markov Decision Processes, 1994), as its replacement.

The central piece of evidence is a short calculation printed in the box The Futility of Discounting in Continuing Problems (p. 254). If one tries to rescue discounting by averaging discounted values over the states the policy actually visits, the resulting objective is a constant multiple of the average reward, so the discount rate has no effect on which policy is preferred. This mission formalizes that calculation together with the definitions of §10.3 that it rests on, and the two exercises of §10.3 that illustrate the differential value (10.13).

Setting

A finite MDP has finite state set S\mathcal SS, finite action set A\mathcal AA, finite reward set R⊂R\mathcal R \subset \mathbb RR⊂R and dynamics p(s′,r∣s,a)p(s', r \mid s, a)p(s′,r∣s,a), a probability distribution over next state and reward for each state–action pair (3.2)–(3.3). Write p(s′∣s,a)=∑rp(s′,r∣s,a)p(s' \mid s, a) = \sum_r p(s', r\mid s,a)p(s′∣s,a)=∑r​p(s′,r∣s,a). A policy π(a∣s)\pi(a \mid s)π(a∣s) is a distribution over actions for each state. It turns the MDP into a Markov chain with transition matrix Pπ(s,s′)=∑aπ(a∣s) p(s′∣s,a)P_\pi(s, s') = \sum_a \pi(a\mid s)\, p(s'\mid s,a)Pπ​(s,s′)=∑a​π(a∣s)p(s′∣s,a) and expected one-step reward rπ(s)=∑aπ(a∣s)∑s′,rp(s′,r∣s,a) rr_\pi(s) = \sum_a \pi(a\mid s)\sum_{s',r} p(s',r\mid s,a)\, rrπ​(s)=∑a​π(a∣s)∑s′,r​p(s′,r∣s,a)r, so that Pr⁡{St=s∣S0=s0}=Pπt(s0,s)\Pr\{S_t = s\mid S_0=s_0\} = P_\pi^t(s_0,s)Pr{St​=s∣S0​=s0​}=Pπt​(s0​,s) and E[Rt+1∣S0=s0]=(Pπtrπ)(s0)\mathbb E[R_{t+1}\mid S_0 = s_0] = (P_\pi^t r_\pi)(s_0)E[Rt+1​∣S0​=s0​]=(Pπt​rπ​)(s0​).

A stationary distribution of π\piπ is a probability vector μ\muμ on S\mathcal SS with

∑sμ(s)∑aπ(a∣s) p(s′∣s,a)=μ(s′)for all s′(10.8).\sum_s \mu(s)\sum_a \pi(a\mid s)\,p(s'\mid s,a) = \mu(s') \quad\text{for all } s' \qquad (10.8).s∑​μ(s)a∑​π(a∣s)p(s′∣s,a)=μ(s′)for all s′(10.8).

The average reward of π\piπ is

r(π)=lim⁡h→∞1h∑t=1hE[Rt∣S0,A0:t−1∼π](10.6),r(π)=∑sμπ(s)∑aπ(a∣s)∑s′,rp(s′,r∣s,a) r(10.7),r(\pi) = \lim_{h\to\infty}\frac1h\sum_{t=1}^h \mathbb E[R_t\mid S_0, A_{0:t-1}\sim\pi] \quad (10.6), \qquad r(\pi) = \sum_s \mu_\pi(s)\sum_a\pi(a\mid s)\sum_{s',r}p(s',r\mid s,a)\,r \quad (10.7),r(π)=h→∞lim​h1​t=1∑h​E[Rt​∣S0​,A0:t−1​∼π](10.6),r(π)=s∑​μπ​(s)a∑​π(a∣s)s′,r∑​p(s′,r∣s,a)r(10.7),

the second form holding when the steady-state distribution μπ(s)=lim⁡t→∞Pr⁡{St=s}\mu_\pi(s) = \lim_{t\to\infty}\Pr\{S_t = s\}μπ​(s)=limt→∞​Pr{St​=s} exists and does not depend on S0S_0S0​ (an ergodic MDP).

The discounted value function is vπγ(s)=Eπ[∑k≥0γkRt+k+1∣St=s]v^\gamma_\pi(s) = \mathbb E_\pi\big[\sum_{k\ge0}\gamma^k R_{t+k+1}\mid S_t = s\big]vπγ​(s)=Eπ​[∑k≥0​γkRt+k+1​∣St​=s], and the objective of the box is

J(π)=∑sμπ(s) vπγ(s).J(\pi) = \sum_s \mu_\pi(s)\, v^\gamma_\pi(s).J(π)=s∑​μπ​(s)vπγ​(s).

Finally, the differential value of a state (10.13) is vπ(s)=lim⁡γ→1lim⁡h→∞∑t=0hγt(Eπ[Rt+1∣S0=s]−r(π))v_\pi(s) = \lim_{\gamma\to1}\lim_{h\to\infty}\sum_{t=0}^h\gamma^t\big(\mathbb E_\pi[R_{t+1}\mid S_0 = s] - r(\pi)\big)vπ​(s)=limγ→1​limh→∞​∑t=0h​γt(Eπ​[Rt+1​∣S0​=s]−r(π)).

Formalization targets

Goal: the futility of discounting

For 0≤γ<10 \le \gamma < 10≤γ<1, every policy π\piπ and every stationary distribution μπ\mu_\piμπ​ of π\piπ,

J(π)=∑sμπ(s) vπγ(s)=11−γ r(π),J(\pi) = \sum_s \mu_\pi(s)\, v^\gamma_\pi(s) = \frac{1}{1-\gamma}\, r(\pi),J(π)=s∑​μπ​(s)vπγ​(s)=1−γ1​r(π),

and therefore, for a fixed γ\gammaγ and policies π,π′\pi, \pi'π,π′ with their own stationary distributions,

J(π)≤J(π′)  ⟺  r(π)≤r(π′).J(\pi) \le J(\pi') \iff r(\pi) \le r(\pi').J(π)≤J(π′)⟺r(π)≤r(π′).

Milestones

  1. (10.6)–(10.7): if Pr⁡{St=s∣S0=s0}→μ(s)\Pr\{S_t = s\mid S_0 = s_0\}\to\mu(s)Pr{St​=s∣S0​=s0​}→μ(s) for all s0,ss_0, ss0​,s, then from every start both lim⁡tE[Rt]\lim_t \mathbb E[R_t]limt​E[Rt​] and the Cesàro limit (10.6) exist and equal the μ\muμ-sum.
  2. (10.8): such a limit μ\muμ is a stationary distribution.
  3. (3.14): vπγv^\gamma_\pivπγ​ satisfies the Bellman equation, the step "(Bellman Eq.)" of the box.
  4. Offset invariance (p. 250): the differential Bellman equations for vπ,qπ,v∗,q∗v_\pi, q_\pi, v_*, q_*vπ​,qπ​,v∗​,q∗​ and the differential TD errors (10.10)–(10.11) are unchanged when all values are shifted by a constant.
  5. Exercise 10.6: for expected rewards 1,0,1,0,…1,0,1,0,\dots1,0,1,0,… from A\mathsf AA and 0,1,0,1,…0,1,0,1,\dots0,1,0,1,… from B\mathsf BB, the average reward is 12\tfrac1221​, the limit (10.7) and a steady-state distribution do not exist, and vπ(A)=14v_\pi(\mathsf A) = \tfrac14vπ​(A)=41​, vπ(B)=−14v_\pi(\mathsf B) = -\tfrac14vπ​(B)=−41​.
  6. Exercise 10.7: in the three-state ring with reward +1+1+1 on arrival in A\mathsf AA, the average reward is 13\tfrac1331​ and the differential values are v(A)=−13v(\mathsf A) = -\tfrac13v(A)=−31​, v(B)=0v(\mathsf B) = 0v(B)=0, v(C)=13v(\mathsf C) = \tfrac13v(C)=31​.

The book prints no answers to Exercises 10.6 and 10.7; the values above were computed for this mission.

Significance

The result itself. The identity shows that the discount rate cannot enter the ranking of policies once performance is measured over the on-policy state distribution: any objective of the form "discounted value averaged over where the policy goes" is the average reward up to a positive factor. The book draws from it the conclusion (p. 253) that γ\gammaγ changes from a problem parameter to a solution-method parameter, and that discounting algorithms with function approximation, which do not optimize this averaged objective, are not guaranteed to optimize average reward either. Milestones 1–2 connect the closed form of r(π)r(\pi)r(π) to its definition as a long-run rate; milestone 4 explains why differential methods determine values only up to an offset; the exercises show that (10.13) gives finite differential values in periodic chains where the differential return (10.9) has no limit.

Formalizing it. The results are classical and elementary, but the book's derivation is informal: it takes the Bellman equation for granted, sums a geometric series of equalities, and leaves implicit which distribution μπ\mu_\piμπ​ is meant and when (10.6) and (10.7) agree. This mission fixes each of those points: vπγv^\gamma_\pivπγ​ is defined from returns, the identity is proved for every stationary distribution, and the ergodicity hypothesis is made the exact limit condition the text states. No machine-checked version of these statements is known to exist; the platform's Markov-chain and average-reward libraries (Puterman's unichain optimality equation, Doeblin convergence) state different results.

Difficulty

The box reads as a chain of equalities, and each individual step is short. The one step that is not algebra is "(Bellman Eq.)": with vπγv^\gamma_\pivπγ​ defined as an expected discounted return, the Bellman equation requires exchanging an infinite sum with a finite expectation and shifting the index of a convergent series, which needs absolute convergence for γ<1\gamma < 1γ<1 and bounded rewards. The final line, which unrolls J=r+γJJ = r + \gamma JJ=r+γJ into a geometric series, is only valid because JJJ is finite. For milestone 1, the book's hypothesis is the existence of an S0S_0S0​-independent limiting distribution, not irreducibility or aperiodicity; replacing it by either would change the statement. The exercises require the iterated limit in (10.13) to be computed explicitly: the inner limit is a periodic series summed in closed form, and the outer limit is a removable singularity at γ=1\gamma = 1γ=1.

Formalization scope

The Lean development lives in the namespace SuttonBartoRL.AverageReward. States, actions and rewards are finite; one action set serves every state; the dynamics are the four-argument p(s′,r∣s,a)p(s', r\mid s,a)p(s′,r∣s,a). Probabilities Pr⁡{St=s∣S0=s0}\Pr\{S_t = s\mid S_0 = s_0\}Pr{St​=s∣S0​=s0​} and E[Rt+1∣S0=s0]\mathbb E[R_{t+1}\mid S_0=s_0]E[Rt+1​∣S0​=s0​] are computed from the matrix powers PπtP_\pi^tPπt​. The discounted value vπγv^\gamma_\pivπγ​ is a real series ∑kγk(Pπkrπ)(s)\sum_k \gamma^k (P_\pi^k r_\pi)(s)∑k​γk(Pπk​rπ​)(s); it is not defined as the solution of the Bellman equation, since that definition would reduce the goal to three lines of algebra. The average reward and JJJ take the state distribution μ\muμ as an explicit argument; the goal holds for every stationary distribution of π\piπ and assumes no ergodicity, which is all the box uses (under ergodicity μπ\mu_\piμπ​ is the unique one). γ=0\gamma = 0γ=0 is allowed. The differential value (10.13) is stated as the existence of both limits with the given value, with γ→1\gamma \to 1γ→1 from below, so no default value of a nonexistent limit can make a statement true. The optimality equations use a nonempty action set. The sum ∑t=1hE[Rt]\sum_{t=1}^h \mathbb E[R_t]∑t=1h​E[Rt​] of (10.6) is written with the index shifted to t=0,…,h−1t = 0,\dots,h-1t=0,…,h−1.

The Lean does not formalize a trajectory probability space: expectations and probabilities are the matrix expressions above, which is what they equal for a Markov chain. The Exercise 10.6 hypothesis constrains expected rewards of one policy, which is all the exercise uses.

Reusable parts: the finite-MDP layer duplicates the one drafted for the other missions of this series and is expected to be merged with it; the Cesàro and stationary-distribution lemmas of milestones 1–2 are general facts about finite Markov chains. Contributions welcome: proofs of any milestone, and a proof of the goal from milestone 3.

Selected references

  • R. S. Sutton, A. G. Barto, Reinforcement Learning: An Introduction, 2nd ed., MIT Press, 2018, ISBN 9780262039246, §§10.3–10.4, pp. 249–254. http://incompleteideas.net/book/the-book-2nd.html
  • M. L. Puterman, Markov Decision Processes: Discrete Stochastic Dynamic Programming, Wiley, 1994. https://doi.org/10.1002/9780470316887
  • S. Mahadevan, "Average reward reinforcement learning: foundations, algorithms, and empirical results", Machine Learning 22, 159–195, 1996. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF00114727
11 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Linear algebraMachine LearningReinforcement Learning·Captain: mikedeng1

Reinforcement Learning: An Introduction VIII: The TD Fixed Point of Linear Semi-gradient TD(0) and Its Error BoundTextbook

Motivation

Reinforcement learning methods estimate the value function vπv_\pivπ​ of a policy π\piπ: the expected discounted sum of future rewards from each state. When the state space is large, vπv_\pivπ​ cannot be stored as a table and is approximated by a parametrized function. The most studied case is linear function approximation, where each state sss carries a feature vector x(s)∈Rd\mathbf x(s) \in \mathbb R^dx(s)∈Rd and the estimate is v^(s,w)=w⊤x(s)\hat v(s, \mathbf w) = \mathbf w^\top \mathbf x(s)v^(s,w)=w⊤x(s). Temporal-difference learning with this approximation, linear semi-gradient TD(0), is one of the basic algorithms of the field, and Chapter 9 of Sutton and Barto's Reinforcement Learning: An Introduction (2nd ed., MIT Press, 2018) presents its analysis: where the algorithm can converge, why that point exists, and how good it is.

The history is short. Sutton (1988, doi:10.1007/BF00115009) introduced TD learning and showed positive definiteness of the matrix governing its expected update. Dayan (1992, doi:10.1007/BF00992701) extended convergence to TD(λ). Tsitsiklis and Van Roy (1997, doi:10.1109/9.580874) proved convergence with probability one for linear TD(λ) under on-policy sampling and bounded the error of the limit. Bradtke and Barto (1996) introduced least-squares TD (LSTD), which computes the same limit directly.

Setting

A finite Markov decision process has finite sets of states S\mathcal SS, actions A\mathcal AA and rewards R⊂R\mathcal R \subset \mathbb RR⊂R, and dynamics p(s′,r∣s,a)p(s', r \mid s, a)p(s′,r∣s,a), the probability of next state s′s's′ and reward rrr after action aaa in state sss. A policy π(a∣s)\pi(a \mid s)π(a∣s) is a probability distribution over actions for each state. It induces a Markov chain on states with transition matrix P\mathbf PP, P(s,s′)=p(s′∣s)=∑aπ(a∣s)∑rp(s′,r∣s,a)\mathbf P(s, s') = p(s' \mid s) = \sum_a \pi(a \mid s) \sum_r p(s', r \mid s, a)P(s,s′)=p(s′∣s)=∑a​π(a∣s)∑r​p(s′,r∣s,a), and expected one-step reward rπ(s)r_\pi(s)rπ​(s). For a discount rate 0≤γ<10 \le \gamma < 10≤γ<1, the true value is vπ(s)=∑k≥0γk(Pkrπ)(s)v_\pi(s) = \sum_{k \ge 0} \gamma^k (\mathbf P^k r_\pi)(s)vπ​(s)=∑k≥0​γk(Pkrπ​)(s), the expected discounted return.

A state distribution μ\muμ is stationary if μ⊤P=μ⊤\mu^\top \mathbf P = \mu^\topμ⊤P=μ⊤; write D=diag(μ)\mathbf D = \mathrm{diag}(\mu)D=diag(μ). The feature matrix X\mathbf XX is the ∣S∣×d|\mathcal S| \times d∣S∣×d matrix with rows x(s)\mathbf x(s)x(s). The mean square value error of a weight vector is

VE‾(w)=∑sμ(s) [vπ(s)−w⊤x(s)]2.\overline{\mathrm{VE}}(\mathbf w) = \sum_{s} \mu(s)\,[v_\pi(s) - \mathbf w^\top \mathbf x(s)]^2 .VE(w)=s∑​μ(s)[vπ​(s)−w⊤x(s)]2.

Linear semi-gradient TD(0) updates wt+1=wt+α(Rt+1+γwt⊤xt+1−wt⊤xt)xt\mathbf w_{t+1} = \mathbf w_t + \alpha(R_{t+1} + \gamma \mathbf w_t^\top \mathbf x_{t+1} - \mathbf w_t^\top \mathbf x_t)\mathbf x_twt+1​=wt​+α(Rt+1​+γwt⊤​xt+1​−wt⊤​xt​)xt​. In steady state its expected update involves

b=E[Rt+1xt],A=E[xt(xt−γxt+1)⊤],\mathbf b = \mathbb E[R_{t+1}\mathbf x_t], \qquad \mathbf A = \mathbb E[\mathbf x_t(\mathbf x_t - \gamma \mathbf x_{t+1})^\top],b=E[Rt+1​xt​],A=E[xt​(xt​−γxt+1​)⊤],

and the TD fixed point is wTD=A−1b\mathbf w_{\mathrm{TD}} = \mathbf A^{-1}\mathbf bwTD​=A−1b. A real square matrix MMM, not necessarily symmetric, is positive definite if y⊤My>0y^\top M y > 0y⊤My>0 for every y≠0y \ne 0y=0. The key matrix is D(I−γP)\mathbf D(\mathbf I - \gamma\mathbf P)D(I−γP).

Formalization targets

Goal: the TD fixed point exists and its error bound (9.12), (9.14)

Under the hypotheses above, with every μ(s)>0\mu(s) > 0μ(s)>0 and linearly independent feature columns, A\mathbf AA is invertible, b=AwTD\mathbf b = \mathbf A \mathbf w_{\mathrm{TD}}b=AwTD​, and

VE‾(wTD)≤11−γmin⁡wVE‾(w).\overline{\mathrm{VE}}(\mathbf w_{\mathrm{TD}}) \le \frac{1}{1-\gamma}\min_{\mathbf w} \overline{\mathrm{VE}}(\mathbf w).VE(wTD​)≤1−γ1​wmin​VE(w).

Milestones

  1. The expected update (9.13): E[wt+1∣wt]=(I−αA)wt+αb\mathbb E[\mathbf w_{t+1} \mid \mathbf w_t] = (\mathbf I - \alpha \mathbf A)\mathbf w_t + \alpha \mathbf bE[wt+1​∣wt​]=(I−αA)wt​+αb.
  2. The matrix form A=X⊤D(I−γP)X\mathbf A = \mathbf X^\top \mathbf D(\mathbf I - \gamma \mathbf P)\mathbf XA=X⊤D(I−γP)X.
  3. The criterion of Sutton (1988): positive diagonal, nonpositive off-diagonal entries, positive row sums and nonnegative column sums give positive definiteness.
  4. The column sums of the key matrix, 1⊤D(I−γP)=(1−γ)μ⊤\mathbf 1^\top \mathbf D(\mathbf I - \gamma \mathbf P) = (1-\gamma)\mu^\top1⊤D(I−γP)=(1−γ)μ⊤.
  5. The key matrix and A\mathbf AA are positive definite.
  6. A positive definite A\mathbf AA is invertible and A−1b\mathbf A^{-1}\mathbf bA−1b is the unique solution of b=Aw\mathbf b = \mathbf A \mathbf wb=Aw (9.12).
  7. The Sherman–Morrison update (9.22) of the LSTD inverse A^t−1\hat{\mathbf A}_t^{-1}A^t−1​.

Significance

Positive definiteness of A\mathbf AA is the reason on-policy linear TD(0) is stable: it makes the expected iteration contract toward the fixed point for small step sizes, and it guarantees that the fixed point exists and is unique. The error bound (9.14) quantifies the price of bootstrapping: the limit of TD can be worse than the best linear approximation, but by at most the factor 1/(1−γ)1/(1-\gamma)1/(1−γ). The same objects A\mathbf AA, b\mathbf bb and the key matrix reappear in LSTD, in the analysis of off-policy divergence (Chapter 11 of the book, where D\mathbf DD is no longer the stationary distribution of P\mathbf PP and positive definiteness fails), and in gradient-TD methods.

All results here are known. The book gives the positive definiteness argument in a box and cites (9.14) without proof. None of them has a machine-checked proof on the platform; the general Woodbury identity (FamousTheorems.woodbury_identity) is available, and (9.22) is its rank-one case written for the LSTD recursion. The mission produces a formal account of the finite-state theory of linear TD(0), with every hypothesis the book leaves implicit stated.

Difficulty

The key matrix D(I−γP)\mathbf D(\mathbf I - \gamma \mathbf P)D(I−γP) is not symmetric, so the usual tools for symmetric positive definite matrices do not apply directly, and A\mathbf AA is positive definite only because of the specific interplay between D\mathbf DD and P\mathbf PP: if μ\muμ is replaced by a non-stationary distribution the claim is false (this is the off-policy counterexample of Chapter 11). The error bound (9.14) is not a consequence of positive definiteness alone. The TD fixed point is not the minimizer of VE‾\overline{\mathrm{VE}}VE, and VE‾(wTD)\overline{\mathrm{VE}}(\mathbf w_{\mathrm{TD}})VE(wTD​) has to be compared with the error of the μ\muμ-weighted projection of vπv_\pivπ​, which requires controlling P\mathbf PP in the μ\muμ-weighted norm. The book gives no argument for this step.

Formalization scope

The Lean development lives in the namespace SuttonBartoRL.LinearTD. The MDP has four-argument dynamics p(s′,r∣s,a)p(s', r \mid s, a)p(s′,r∣s,a) with a finite reward set and one action set for all states; policies are stochastic. vπv_\pivπ​ is defined from expected discounted returns as the series ∑kγkPkrπ\sum_k \gamma^k \mathbf P^k r_\pi∑k​γkPkrπ​, never from a Bellman equation or from wTD\mathbf w_{\mathrm{TD}}wTD​. A\mathbf AA and b\mathbf bb are defined as the book's steady-state expectations (9.11), as finite sums over μ\muμ, π\piπ and ppp; the matrix form is a milestone, not a definition. Features are a matrix Matrix S (Fin d) ℝ with rows x(s)\mathbf x(s)x(s); linear independence of its columns is LinearIndependent ℝ Xᵀ. Positive definiteness is a custom predicate ∀y≠0, 0<y⊤My\forall y \ne 0,\ 0 < y^\top M y∀y=0, 0<y⊤My, not Mathlib's Matrix.PosDef, which requires symmetry. The minimum in (9.14) is expressed by quantifying over every w\mathbf ww. The matrix inverse is Mathlib's, which is zero on singular matrices; the goal therefore asserts invertibility of A\mathbf AA explicitly.

Hypotheses the book leaves implicit and the statements make explicit: 0≤γ<10 \le \gamma < 10≤γ<1 (the continuing case); μ\muμ a stationary distribution of the chain induced by π\piπ with μ(s)>0\mu(s) > 0μ(s)>0 for every sss (otherwise the key matrix is only positive semidefinite); linearly independent feature columns (the book's "degenerate cases", p. 205). The box calls the off-diagonal entries of the key matrix "negative"; they are zero wherever p(s′∣s)=0p(s' \mid s) = 0p(s′∣s)=0, so the criterion is stated with nonpositive entries. The book's sentence that εI\varepsilon\mathbf IεI "ensures that A^t\hat{\mathbf A}_tA^t​ is always invertible" (p. 229) is false in general, because the summands xk(xk−γxk+1)⊤\mathbf x_k(\mathbf x_k - \gamma \mathbf x_{k+1})^\topxk​(xk​−γxk+1​)⊤ are not positive semidefinite: with d=1d = 1d=1, ε=1/10\varepsilon = 1/10ε=1/10, γ=1/2\gamma = 1/2γ=1/2, x0=1\mathbf x_0 = 1x0​=1, x1=11/5\mathbf x_1 = 11/5x1​=11/5 one gets A^1=0\hat{\mathbf A}_1 = 0A^1​=0. It is not stated; (9.22) carries invertibility of A^t−1\hat{\mathbf A}_{t-1}A^t−1​ and a nonzero denominator as hypotheses.

A statement in which vπv_\pivπ​ is defined as the solution of the projected equation, or in which A\mathbf AA is assumed invertible or positive definite, would make the goal trivial or empty; neither is done. Convergence of the stochastic algorithm with probability one is not stated, since the book says it needs conditions and a step-size schedule it does not give. The bound for the episodic case and for other bootstrapping methods (p. 208) is stated only by reference in the book and is not a target.

Useful infrastructure: the μ\muμ-weighted inner product and orthogonal projection onto the column space of X\mathbf XX, the non-expansiveness of a stochastic matrix in the norm of its stationary distribution, and the positive definiteness criterion for non-symmetric matrices. All of these are reusable in the off-policy and average-reward chapters of the book. Contributions of these lemmas, and of alternative proofs of the milestones, are welcome.

Selected references

  • Richard S. Sutton and Andrew G. Barto, Reinforcement Learning: An Introduction, 2nd ed., MIT Press, 2018, ISBN 9780262039246, §§9.2, 9.4, 9.8.
  • Richard S. Sutton, Learning to predict by the methods of temporal differences, Machine Learning 3, 1988. doi:10.1007/BF00115009
  • John N. Tsitsiklis and Benjamin Van Roy, An analysis of temporal-difference learning with function approximation, IEEE Transactions on Automatic Control 42(5), 1997. doi:10.1109/9.580874
  • Steven J. Bradtke and Andrew G. Barto, Linear least-squares algorithms for temporal difference learning, Machine Learning 22, 1996. doi:10.1007/BF00114723
  • Richard S. Varga, Matrix Iterative Analysis, Prentice-Hall, 1962.
11 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Machine LearningOptimizationReinforcement Learning·Captain: mikedeng1

Reinforcement Learning: An Introduction XII: The Policy Gradient TheoremTextbook

Motivation

Policy gradient methods learn a parameterized policy π(a∣s,θ)\pi(a \mid s, \theta)π(a∣s,θ) directly, by stochastic gradient ascent on a scalar performance measure J(θ)J(\theta)J(θ), instead of deriving the policy from learned action values. They are how reinforcement learning handles continuous action spaces, stochastic optimal policies and prior knowledge built into the policy's form, and they underlie REINFORCE (Williams, 1992) and the actor–critic family. Every such method needs an estimate of ∇J(θ)\nabla J(\theta)∇J(θ). The difficulty is that JJJ depends on θ\thetaθ in two ways: through the action choices in each state, and through the distribution of states those choices produce. The second effect depends on the unknown environment dynamics.

The policy gradient theorem (Sutton, McAllester, Singh and Mansour, 2000; Marbach and Tsitsiklis, 2001) gives ∇J(θ)\nabla J(\theta)∇J(θ) as an expectation over the on-policy state distribution that involves no derivative of that distribution. Chapter 13 of Sutton and Barto's Reinforcement Learning: An Introduction (2nd ed., 2018) states it as Eq. (13.5), proves it in a box for the episodic case (p. 325) and in a second box for the continuing case (pp. 334–335), and builds REINFORCE, REINFORCE with baseline and actor–critic methods on it. This mission formalizes that chapter's theorem and the identities around it, in the book's own model.

Setting

A finite episodic MDP has a finite set S\mathcal SS of nonterminal states, a terminal state, a finite action set A\mathcal AA, a finite reward set R⊂R\mathcal R \subset \mathbb RR⊂R and dynamics p(s′,r∣s,a)p(s', r \mid s, a)p(s′,r∣s,a): for each nonterminal sss and action aaa, a probability distribution over next state s′∈S+=S∪{terminal}s' \in \mathcal S^+ = \mathcal S \cup \{\text{terminal}\}s′∈S+=S∪{terminal} and reward rrr. The terminal state is absorbing and pays nothing. Write p(s′∣s,a)=∑rp(s′,r∣s,a)p(s' \mid s, a) = \sum_r p(s', r \mid s, a)p(s′∣s,a)=∑r​p(s′,r∣s,a) and r(s,a)r(s, a)r(s,a) for the expected reward.

A differentiable policy parameterization assigns to every θ∈Rd′\theta \in \mathbb R^{d'}θ∈Rd′ and state sss a distribution π(⋅∣s,θ)\pi(\cdot \mid s, \theta)π(⋅∣s,θ) over actions, with θ↦π(a∣s,θ)\theta \mapsto \pi(a \mid s, \theta)θ↦π(a∣s,θ) differentiable. Under πθ\pi_\thetaπθ​ the nonterminal states form a substochastic chain with matrix Pθ(s,s′)=∑aπ(a∣s,θ)p(s′∣s,a)P_\theta(s, s') = \sum_a \pi(a \mid s, \theta) p(s' \mid s, a)Pθ​(s,s′)=∑a​π(a∣s,θ)p(s′∣s,a); Pr⁡(s→x,k,π)=Pθk(s,x)\Pr(s \to x, k, \pi) = P_\theta^k(s, x)Pr(s→x,k,π)=Pθk​(s,x). Episodes terminate when ∑kPθk(s,s′)<∞\sum_{k} P_\theta^k(s, s') < \infty∑k​Pθk​(s,s′)<∞ for all s,s′s, s's,s′.

There is no discounting (γ=1\gamma = 1γ=1, p. 324). The state value vπ(s)=∑k≥0(Pθkrθ)(s)v_{\pi}(s) = \sum_{k \ge 0} (P_\theta^k r_\theta)(s)vπ​(s)=∑k≥0​(Pθk​rθ​)(s) is the expected total reward from sss, with rθ(s)=∑aπ(a∣s,θ)r(s,a)r_\theta(s) = \sum_a \pi(a\mid s,\theta) r(s,a)rθ​(s)=∑a​π(a∣s,θ)r(s,a); the action value qπ(s,a)q_\pi(s,a)qπ​(s,a) is the expected total reward after taking aaa in sss. The episode starts in a fixed state s0s_0s0​, and the performance is J(θ)=vπθ(s0)J(\theta) = v_{\pi_\theta}(s_0)J(θ)=vπθ​​(s0​) (13.4). The expected number of visits to sss in an episode is η(s)=∑k≥0Pr⁡(s0→s,k,π)\eta(s) = \sum_{k \ge 0} \Pr(s_0 \to s, k, \pi)η(s)=∑k≥0​Pr(s0​→s,k,π), and the on-policy distribution is μ(s)=η(s)/∑s′η(s′)\mu(s) = \eta(s) / \sum_{s'} \eta(s')μ(s)=η(s)/∑s′​η(s′) (9.3).

In the continuing case there is no terminal state, J(θ)=r(π)J(\theta) = r(\pi)J(θ)=r(π) is the average reward per step (13.15), μ\muμ is the steady-state distribution, and vπv_\pivπ​, qπq_\piqπ​ are differential values, defined from the return ∑k(Rt+k+1−r(π))\sum_k (R_{t+k+1} - r(\pi))∑k​(Rt+k+1​−r(π)) (13.17).

Formalization targets

Goal: the policy gradient theorem, episodic case (13.5)

If episodes terminate under πθ0\pi_{\theta_0}πθ0​​, then JJJ is differentiable at θ0\theta_0θ0​ and

∇J(θ0)=∑sη(s)∑aqπ(s,a) ∇π(a∣s,θ0)=(∑s′η(s′))∑sμ(s)∑aqπ(s,a) ∇π(a∣s,θ0),\nabla J(\theta_0) = \sum_s \eta(s) \sum_a q_\pi(s,a)\, \nabla \pi(a \mid s, \theta_0) = \Big(\sum_{s'} \eta(s')\Big) \sum_s \mu(s) \sum_a q_\pi(s,a)\, \nabla \pi(a \mid s, \theta_0),∇J(θ0​)=s∑​η(s)a∑​qπ​(s,a)∇π(a∣s,θ0​)=(s′∑​η(s′))s∑​μ(s)a∑​qπ​(s,a)∇π(a∣s,θ0​),

with ∑s′η(s′)≥1\sum_{s'} \eta(s') \ge 1∑s′​η(s′)≥1. The book writes ∇J(θ)∝∑sμ(s)∑aqπ(s,a)∇π(a∣s,θ)\nabla J(\theta) \propto \sum_s \mu(s) \sum_a q_\pi(s,a) \nabla \pi(a \mid s,\theta)∇J(θ)∝∑s​μ(s)∑a​qπ​(s,a)∇π(a∣s,θ) and names the constant, the average length of an episode, in words (p. 326). The goal states it.

Milestones

  1. Exercises 3.18–3.19 with γ=1\gamma = 1γ=1: vπ(s)=∑aπ(a∣s)qπ(s,a)v_\pi(s) = \sum_a \pi(a\mid s) q_\pi(s,a)vπ​(s)=∑a​π(a∣s)qπ​(s,a) and qπ(s,a)=∑s′,rp(s′,r∣s,a)(r+vπ(s′))q_\pi(s,a) = \sum_{s',r} p(s',r\mid s,a)(r + v_\pi(s'))qπ​(s,a)=∑s′,r​p(s′,r∣s,a)(r+vπ​(s′)).
  2. The recursion ∇vπ(s)=∑a[∇π(a∣s)qπ(s,a)+π(a∣s)∑s′p(s′∣s,a)∇vπ(s′)]\nabla v_\pi(s) = \sum_a [\nabla\pi(a\mid s) q_\pi(s,a) + \pi(a\mid s) \sum_{s'} p(s'\mid s,a) \nabla v_\pi(s')]∇vπ​(s)=∑a​[∇π(a∣s)qπ​(s,a)+π(a∣s)∑s′​p(s′∣s,a)∇vπ​(s′)], including the differentiability of vπv_\pivπ​.
  3. The unrolled gradient ∇vπ(s)=∑x∑k=0∞Pr⁡(s→x,k,π)∑a∇π(a∣x)qπ(x,a)\nabla v_\pi(s) = \sum_{x} \sum_{k=0}^\infty \Pr(s \to x, k, \pi) \sum_a \nabla\pi(a\mid x) q_\pi(x,a)∇vπ​(s)=∑x​∑k=0∞​Pr(s→x,k,π)∑a​∇π(a∣x)qπ​(x,a) for every sss.
  4. The theorem with a baseline (13.10): ∑ab(s)∇π(a∣s,θ)=0\sum_a b(s) \nabla \pi(a\mid s,\theta) = 0∑a​b(s)∇π(a∣s,θ)=0, hence qπq_\piqπ​ may be replaced by qπ−bq_\pi - bqπ​−b.
  5. The log form behind REINFORCE: where π(⋅∣s,θ)>0\pi(\cdot\mid s,\theta) > 0π(⋅∣s,θ)>0, ∑aqπ(s,a)∇π(a∣s,θ)=∑aπ(a∣s,θ)qπ(s,a)∇ln⁡π(a∣s,θ)\sum_a q_\pi(s,a) \nabla\pi(a\mid s,\theta) = \sum_a \pi(a\mid s,\theta) q_\pi(s,a) \nabla \ln \pi(a\mid s,\theta)∑a​qπ​(s,a)∇π(a∣s,θ)=∑a​π(a∣s,θ)qπ​(s,a)∇lnπ(a∣s,θ), and hence ∇J(θ)=(∑s′η(s′))∑sμ(s)∑aπ(a∣s,θ)qπ(s,a)∇ln⁡π(a∣s,θ)\nabla J(\theta) = (\sum_{s'}\eta(s')) \sum_s \mu(s) \sum_a \pi(a\mid s,\theta) q_\pi(s,a) \nabla \ln \pi(a\mid s,\theta)∇J(θ)=(∑s′​η(s′))∑s​μ(s)∑a​π(a∣s,θ)qπ​(s,a)∇lnπ(a∣s,θ), the exact form of ∇J∝Eπ[qπ(St,At)∇π(At∣St,θ)/π(At∣St,θ)]\nabla J \propto \mathbb E_\pi[q_\pi(S_t,A_t) \nabla\pi(A_t\mid S_t,\theta)/\pi(A_t\mid S_t,\theta)]∇J∝Eπ​[qπ​(St​,At​)∇π(At​∣St​,θ)/π(At​∣St​,θ)].
  6. Exercise 13.3, (13.9): for the linear soft-max, ∇ln⁡π(a∣s,θ)=x(s,a)−∑bπ(b∣s,θ)x(s,b)\nabla \ln \pi(a\mid s,\theta) = x(s,a) - \sum_b \pi(b\mid s,\theta) x(s,b)∇lnπ(a∣s,θ)=x(s,a)−∑b​π(b∣s,θ)x(s,b).
  7. Exercise 13.4: the eligibility vectors of the Gaussian policy (13.19)–(13.20).
  8. The continuing case: under ergodicity, ∇r(πθ)=∑sμ(s)∑a∇π(a∣s,θ)qπ(s,a)\nabla r(\pi_\theta) = \sum_s \mu(s) \sum_a \nabla\pi(a\mid s,\theta) q_\pi(s,a)∇r(πθ​)=∑s​μ(s)∑a​∇π(a∣s,θ)qπ​(s,a) with differential qπq_\piqπ​.

Significance

The theorem turns ∇J\nabla J∇J into a quantity that can be sampled by following the policy: weighting states by μ\muμ is what visiting them under π\piπ does, and the log form makes the action sum an expectation over At∼πA_t \sim \piAt​∼π. REINFORCE (13.8), REINFORCE with baseline (13.11) and one-step and eligibility-trace actor–critic methods all rest on it, and so does their claim that the expected update is in the direction of the performance gradient (p. 329). The baseline identity is why a learned state value can reduce variance without introducing bias.

The results are proved, in the book and in the literature. What this mission adds is a machine-checked version in the book's model: random episode lengths with γ=1\gamma = 1γ=1, vector parameters θ∈Rd′\theta \in \mathbb R^{d'}θ∈Rd′, four-argument dynamics, and values defined from expected returns. The platform already has a proved finite-horizon policy gradient theorem (policy_gradient_finite_horizon, with a baseline and log-form companion) for a fixed horizon TTT, a scalar parameter θ∈R\theta \in \mathbb Rθ∈R and an expected-reward kernel; it does not cover the book's statement. The mission also makes explicit two points the text leaves informal: that episodes terminate, and what exact constant hides behind "∝\propto∝".

Difficulty

The book's proof is a formal manipulation: differentiate the Bellman equation, substitute it into itself, and "unroll" infinitely often. Two steps are not justified on the page. First, it presupposes that ∇vπ(s)\nabla v_\pi(s)∇vπ​(s) exists; with γ=1\gamma = 1γ=1 the value is an infinite series whose convergence depends on θ\thetaθ through termination, so differentiability of vπv_\pivπ​ at θ0\theta_0θ0​ has to be established, and termination is assumed only at θ0\theta_0θ0​. Second, "repeated unrolling" is a limit: after nnn unrollings a remainder ∑xPθn(s,x)∇vπ(x)\sum_x P_\theta^{n}(s,x) \nabla v_\pi(x)∑x​Pθn​(s,x)∇vπ​(x) is left over, and it vanishes only because Pθn→0P_\theta^n \to 0Pθn​→0. Differentiating the series for vπv_\pivπ​ term by term is not an alternative shortcut without a uniform bound on the derivatives of PθkP_\theta^kPθk​.

In the continuing case the corresponding obstacle is the differentiability of the steady-state distribution and of the differential values, which the book's proof uses without comment; here they are part of what is to be proved, from ergodicity at θ0\theta_0θ0​ alone.

Formalization scope

  • Model. S+\mathcal S^+S+ is Option S, with none the single terminal state (several terminal states can be merged, all having value 0). One action type for all states. θ\thetaθ lives in EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d), and ∇\nabla∇ is Mathlib's gradient; conclusions are HasGradientAt, so differentiability is asserted, not assumed.
  • Values from returns. vπv_\pivπ​, qπq_\piqπ​, η\etaη are series in powers of PθP_\thetaPθ​; Bellman equations are theorems (milestone 1). The continuing-case average reward and steady-state distribution are the limits of (13.15), and the differential values are the series of (13.17).
  • Implicit hypotheses made explicit. Termination under πθ0\pi_{\theta_0}πθ0​​ is a hypothesis of every episodic result that involves values; the continuing case assumes the book's ergodicity (the limit of Pr⁡{St=s′}\Pr\{S_t = s'\}Pr{St​=s′} exists and does not depend on S0S_0S0​) at θ0\theta_0θ0​. The positivity of π(a∣s,θ0)\pi(a \mid s,\theta_0)π(a∣s,θ0​) is assumed where a logarithm is differentiated.
  • "∝". The episodic goal states the exact equality with the constant ∑s′η(s′)\sum_{s'} \eta(s')∑s′​η(s′) and proves it is at least 1. A formalization of the form "∃c, ∇J=c⋅…\exists c,\ \nabla J = c \cdot \ldots∃c, ∇J=c⋅…" is ruled out: it holds with c=0c = 0c=0 and loses the book's constant.
  • Fixed start state. s0s_0s0​ is a fixed state, as in the book (p. 324); no start distribution.
  • Not included. Convergence of REINFORCE or actor–critic under stochastic-approximation conditions (p. 329) rests on unstated conditions and is not an item. The baseline is a deterministic function of the state, not the random variable the book also allows.

Reusable infrastructure: the episodic value layer (substochastic chains, expected visits, termination) is needed by any undiscounted episodic RL result; the soft-max and Gaussian eligibility computations are needed by every policy-gradient algorithm. Proofs of any milestone, and general lemmas on the differentiability of values and stationary distributions of parameterized finite Markov chains, are welcome.

Selected references

  • R. S. Sutton and A. G. Barto, Reinforcement Learning: An Introduction, 2nd ed., MIT Press, 2018, ISBN 9780262039246, Chapter 13. http://incompleteideas.net/book/the-book-2nd.html
  • R. S. Sutton, D. McAllester, S. Singh and Y. Mansour, Policy Gradient Methods for Reinforcement Learning with Function Approximation, NeurIPS 12, 2000. https://proceedings.neurips.cc/paper/1999/hash/464d828b85b0bed98e80ade0a5c43b0f-Abstract.html
  • P. Marbach and J. N. Tsitsiklis, Simulation-Based Optimization of Markov Reward Processes, IEEE Transactions on Automatic Control 46(2), 2001. https://doi.org/10.1109/9.905687
  • R. J. Williams, Simple Statistical Gradient-Following Algorithms for Connectionist Reinforcement Learning, Machine Learning 8, 1992. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF00992696
14 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Machine LearningReinforcement Learning·Captain: mikedeng1

Reinforcement Learning: An Introduction VII: The Error Reduction Property of n-step ReturnsTextbook

Motivation

Temporal-difference (TD) learning estimates the value of a policy by moving a current estimate toward a target built from observed rewards and from the estimate itself. Chapter 7 of Sutton and Barto's Reinforcement Learning: An Introduction (2nd ed., MIT Press, 2018) interpolates between the two extreme targets of the preceding chapters: the one-step TD target, which uses one reward and then bootstraps, and the Monte Carlo target, which uses every reward until the end of the episode. The intermediate target, the nnn-step return, uses nnn rewards and then bootstraps from the current estimate. The family underlies nnn-step TD, nnn-step Sarsa, the off-policy per-decision methods and the tree-backup algorithm, and it is the introduction to eligibility traces (Chapter 12).

The book justifies the whole family with one inequality, the error reduction property (7.3), p. 144: the expected nnn-step return is closer to the true value than the estimate it bootstraps from, by a factor γn\gamma^nγn in the worst state. It is the reason given for calling nnn-step TD methods "sound". The same chapter states, mostly as exercises without solutions, a series of exact identities that rewrite each kind of nnn-step return as a sum of one-step TD errors.

Setting

A finite Markov decision process has finite state and action sets S\mathcal SS, A\mathcal AA, a finite reward set R⊂R\mathcal R \subset \mathbb RR⊂R, and dynamics p(s′,r∣s,a)p(s', r \mid s, a)p(s′,r∣s,a), the probability of next state s′s's′ and reward rrr after action aaa in state sss (Eqs. (3.2)–(3.3)). A policy π(a∣s)\pi(a \mid s)π(a∣s) is a probability distribution over actions for each state. Following π\piπ from St=sS_t = sSt​=s produces a random trajectory At,Rt+1,St+1,At+1,Rt+2,…A_t, R_{t+1}, S_{t+1}, A_{t+1}, R_{t+2}, \dotsAt​,Rt+1​,St+1​,At+1​,Rt+2​,… For a discount factor 0≤γ<10 \le \gamma < 10≤γ<1 the state-value function is the expected discounted return (3.12),

vπ(s)=Eπ[∑k=0∞γkRt+k+1 ∣ St=s].v_\pi(s) = \mathbb E_\pi\Big[\sum_{k=0}^{\infty} \gamma^k R_{t+k+1} \,\Big|\, S_t = s\Big].vπ​(s)=Eπ​[k=0∑∞​γkRt+k+1​​St​=s].

Given any function V:S→RV : \mathcal S \to \mathbb RV:S→R (an estimate of vπv_\pivπ​), the nnn-step return (7.1) is

Gt:t+n=Rt+1+γRt+2+⋯+γn−1Rt+n+γnV(St+n).G_{t:t+n} = R_{t+1} + \gamma R_{t+2} + \cdots + \gamma^{n-1} R_{t+n} + \gamma^n V(S_{t+n}).Gt:t+n​=Rt+1​+γRt+2​+⋯+γn−1Rt+n​+γnV(St+n​).

In an episode that terminates at time TTT it is replaced by the complete return GtG_tGt​ when t+n≥Tt + n \ge Tt+n≥T. The TD error (6.5) is δk=Rk+1+γV(Sk+1)−V(Sk)\delta_k = R_{k+1} + \gamma V(S_{k+1}) - V(S_k)δk​=Rk+1​+γV(Sk+1​)−V(Sk​). Off-policy variants use a behavior policy bbb that generates the data, the per-decision ratio ρt=π(At∣St)/b(At∣St)\rho_t = \pi(A_t \mid S_t)/b(A_t \mid S_t)ρt​=π(At​∣St​)/b(At​∣St​), and the return with control variate (7.13), Gt:h=ρt(Rt+1+γGt+1:h)+(1−ρt)V(St)G_{t:h} = \rho_t(R_{t+1} + \gamma G_{t+1:h}) + (1-\rho_t) V(S_t)Gt:h​=ρt​(Rt+1​+γGt+1:h​)+(1−ρt​)V(St​), Gh:h=V(Sh)G_{h:h} = V(S_h)Gh:h​=V(Sh​). The tree-backup return (7.15)–(7.16) uses action values QQQ and the expected approximate value Vˉ(s)=∑aπ(a∣s)Q(s,a)\bar V(s) = \sum_a \pi(a \mid s) Q(s, a)Vˉ(s)=∑a​π(a∣s)Q(s,a) (7.8).

Formalization targets

Goal: the error reduction property (7.3)

For a finite MDP, a policy π\piπ, 0≤γ<10 \le \gamma < 10≤γ<1, any V:S→RV : \mathcal S \to \mathbb RV:S→R and every n≥1n \ge 1n≥1,

max⁡s∣Eπ[Gt:t+n∣St=s]−vπ(s)∣≤γnmax⁡s∣V(s)−vπ(s)∣.\max_s \big|\mathbb E_\pi[G_{t:t+n} \mid S_t = s] - v_\pi(s)\big| \le \gamma^n \max_s \big|V(s) - v_\pi(s)\big|.smax​​Eπ​[Gt:t+n​∣St​=s]−vπ​(s)​≤γnsmax​​V(s)−vπ​(s)​.

Milestones, in the book's order

  1. Exercise 7.1, p. 143: with VVV fixed and V(ST)=0V(S_T) = 0V(ST​)=0, Gt:t+n−V(St)=∑k=tmin⁡(t+n,T)−1γk−tδkG_{t:t+n} - V(S_t) = \sum_{k=t}^{\min(t+n,T)-1} \gamma^{k-t}\delta_kGt:t+n​−V(St​)=∑k=tmin(t+n,T)−1​γk−tδk​.
  2. Exercise 7.4, Eq. (7.6), p. 148: the nnn-step Sarsa return equals Qt−1(St,At)+∑k=tmin⁡(t+n,T)−1γk−t[Rk+1+γQk(Sk+1,Ak+1)−Qk−1(Sk,Ak)]Q_{t-1}(S_t, A_t) + \sum_{k=t}^{\min(t+n,T)-1} \gamma^{k-t}[R_{k+1} + \gamma Q_k(S_{k+1}, A_{k+1}) - Q_{k-1}(S_k, A_k)]Qt−1​(St​,At​)+∑k=tmin(t+n,T)−1​γk−t[Rk+1​+γQk​(Sk+1​,Ak+1​)−Qk−1​(Sk​,Ak​)], with estimates changing from step to step.
  3. Eq. (7.12), p. 150: Gt:h=Rt+1+γGt+1:hG_{t:h} = R_{t+1} + \gamma G_{t+1:h}Gt:h​=Rt+1​+γGt+1:h​ for t<h<Tt < h < Tt<h<T, Gh:h=V(Sh)G_{h:h} = V(S_h)Gh:h​=V(Sh​).
  4. Exercise 7.6, p. 151, for (7.13): under coverage, Eb\mathbb E_bEb​ of the control-variate return equals Eb\mathbb E_bEb​ of the same return without the control variate, and both equal Eπ[Gt:t+n∣St=s]\mathbb E_\pi[G_{t:t+n} \mid S_t = s]Eπ​[Gt:t+n​∣St​=s].
  5. Exercise 7.8, p. 151: Gt:h−V(St)=∑k=th−1γk−t(∏i=tkρi)δkG_{t:h} - V(S_t) = \sum_{k=t}^{h-1} \gamma^{k-t} \big(\prod_{i=t}^{k}\rho_i\big) \delta_kGt:h​−V(St​)=∑k=th−1​γk−t(∏i=tk​ρi​)δk​ for the return (7.13).
  6. Exercise 7.11, p. 153: the tree-backup return equals Q(St,At)+∑k=tmin⁡(t+n−1,T−1)δk∏i=t+1kγπ(Ai∣Si)Q(S_t, A_t) + \sum_{k=t}^{\min(t+n-1,T-1)} \delta_k \prod_{i=t+1}^{k} \gamma\pi(A_i \mid S_i)Q(St​,At​)+∑k=tmin(t+n−1,T−1)​δk​∏i=t+1k​γπ(Ai​∣Si​) with the expectation-based TD error δk=Rk+1+γVˉ(Sk+1)−Q(Sk,Ak)\delta_k = R_{k+1} + \gamma\bar V(S_{k+1}) - Q(S_k, A_k)δk​=Rk+1​+γVˉ(Sk+1​)−Q(Sk​,Ak​).

Significance

The result. The error reduction property makes the expected nnn-step target a γn\gamma^nγn-contraction toward vπv_\pivπ​ in the sup norm, uniformly over the estimate it starts from. It is the one-line reason the book offers for the soundness of every nnn-step TD method, and the same contraction is what the λ\lambdaλ-return of Chapter 12 averages over nnn. The TD-error identities are the algebra behind implementations that accumulate TD errors instead of storing returns, and behind the forward/backward-view equivalences of Chapter 12. Exercise 7.6 is the unbiasedness of the control-variate return, which is what allows (7.13) to replace plain importance weighting without changing the expected update.

Formalizing it. All results are elementary and well known, but the book gives no proofs: (7.3) is asserted, and the identities are exercises without published solutions. None is formalized on Prove2Me. The mission produces machine-checked versions with every hypothesis explicit (discounting, the fixed estimate, terminal values, coverage), and a trajectory-level expectation for finite MDPs that other chapters of the series can reuse.

Difficulty

The obvious proof of (7.3) is a matrix computation: Eπ[Gt:t+n∣St=s]−vπ(s)=γn(Pπn(V−vπ))(s)\mathbb E_\pi[G_{t:t+n} \mid S_t = s] - v_\pi(s) = \gamma^n (P_\pi^n (V - v_\pi))(s)Eπ​[Gt:t+n​∣St​=s]−vπ​(s)=γn(Pπn​(V−vπ​))(s), and a stochastic matrix does not increase the sup norm. The difficulty lies in the step before it. The left side is an expectation over trajectories, and vπv_\pivπ​ is an infinite discounted series; neither is a matrix power by definition. Connecting them requires a Chapman–Kolmogorov identity for the finite-trajectory distribution induced by π\piπ and p(s′,r∣s,a)p(s', r \mid s, a)p(s′,r∣s,a), the splitting of vπv_\pivπ​ at time nnn, and summability of the discounted series. Defining the expected nnn-step return as the matrix expression would reduce the goal to the last line and remove its content; that shortcut is ruled out below.

The TD-error identities are telescoping sums, but each has its own boundary: termination inside the nnn steps, the convention that terminal states have value zero, the index Q−1Q_{-1}Q−1​ at t=0t = 0t=0 in (7.6), the special case GT−1:t+n=RTG_{T-1:t+n} = R_TGT−1:t+n​=RT​ of the tree backup, and ratios with vanishing denominators in (7.13).

Formalization scope

  • Model. The finite MDP, policies and vπv_\pivπ​ follow the series conventions: dynamics p(s′,r∣s,a)p(s', r \mid s, a)p(s′,r∣s,a) over a finite reward set, one action set for all states, vπ(s)=∑kγk(Pπkrπ)(s)v_\pi(s) = \sum_k \gamma^k (P_\pi^k r_\pi)(s)vπ​(s)=∑k​γk(Pπk​rπ​)(s) computed from expected rewards and never defined as a Bellman solution.
  • Expectations are over trajectories. Eπ[ ⋅∣St=s]\mathbb E_\pi[\,\cdot \mid S_t = s]Eπ​[⋅∣St​=s] is the finite sum over nnn-step segments (At+k,St+k+1,Rt+k+1)k<n(A_{t+k}, S_{t+k+1}, R_{t+k+1})_{k<n}(At+k​,St+k+1​,Rt+k+1​)k<n​ weighted by ∏kπ(At+k∣St+k) p(St+k+1,Rt+k+1∣St+k,At+k)\prod_k \pi(A_{t+k}\mid S_{t+k})\,p(S_{t+k+1}, R_{t+k+1}\mid S_{t+k}, A_{t+k})∏k​π(At+k​∣St+k​)p(St+k+1​,Rt+k+1​∣St+k​,At+k​). The expected nnn-step return is not defined as ∑k<nγkPπkrπ+γnPπnV\sum_{k<n}\gamma^k P_\pi^k r_\pi + \gamma^n P_\pi^n V∑k<n​γkPπk​rπ​+γnPπn​V, which would make the goal a two-line matrix inequality.
  • The estimate is fixed. In the algorithm, Vt+n−1V_{t+n-1}Vt+n−1​ is the current random estimate. Every statement takes a fixed function VVV (or QQQ), which is the book's own reading ("if the value estimates don't change"). The only exception is Exercise 7.4, whose estimates QkQ_kQk​ are indexed by time k∈Zk \in \mathbb Zk∈Z exactly as in (7.6).
  • Discounting. The goal assumes 0≤γ<10 \le \gamma < 10≤γ<1 and takes the maximum over all states. Episodic tasks enter through absorbing zero-reward terminal states. The undiscounted episodic case γ=1\gamma = 1γ=1 is not stated.
  • Episodes. Sample-path identities use sequences Sk,Ak,RkS_k, A_k, R_kSk​,Ak​,Rk​ and a termination time TTT. The book's convention that terminal states have value 000 is a hypothesis (V(ST)=0V(S_T) = 0V(ST​)=0, Q(ST,⋅)=0Q(S_T, \cdot) = 0Q(ST​,⋅)=0).
  • Exercise 7.6 is stated for the state-value return (7.13) of p. 150, although the exercise follows the action-value return (7.14). Its conclusion includes, besides the literal "does not change the expected value", equality with the on-policy expected return, the property the book states on p. 150. Coverage (π(a∣s)>0⇒b(a∣s)>0\pi(a\mid s) > 0 \Rightarrow b(a\mid s) > 0π(a∣s)>0⇒b(a∣s)>0) is assumed.
  • Not stated. The convergence of nnn-step TD methods "under appropriate technical conditions" (p. 144), and the programming exercises.

Needed infrastructure: finite sums over function types, Chapman–Kolmogorov for the segment distribution, summability of ∑kγkPπkrπ\sum_k \gamma^k P_\pi^k r_\pi∑k​γkPπk​rπ​. The trajectory layer is reusable for the importance-sampling and eligibility-trace chapters. Alternative proofs of the goal, and proofs of the undiscounted episodic version as a separate theorem, are welcome.

Selected references

  • R. S. Sutton and A. G. Barto, Reinforcement Learning: An Introduction, 2nd ed., MIT Press, 2018, ISBN 9780262039246, Chapter 7, pp. 141–158. http://incompleteideas.net/book/the-book-2nd.html
  • C. J. C. H. Watkins, Learning from Delayed Rewards, PhD thesis, University of Cambridge, 1989 (the nnn-step return and its error reduction property, as credited on p. 158 of the book). https://www.cs.rhul.ac.uk/~chrisw/new_thesis.pdf
  • D. Precup, R. S. Sutton and S. Singh, Eligibility traces for off-policy policy evaluation, Proceedings of the 17th International Conference on Machine Learning (ICML), 2000, pp. 759–766 (the tree-backup algorithm, as credited on p. 158 of the book; no DOI).
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Machine LearningReinforcement LearningStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Reinforcement Learning: An Introduction VI: Batch TD(0) Converges to the Certainty-Equivalence EstimateTextbook

Why batch TD(0) and batch Monte Carlo disagree

Temporal-difference (TD) learning estimates the value of each state of a Markov reward process from observed experience, updating an estimate toward a target built from the next reward and the current estimate of the next state. Monte Carlo (MC) methods instead update toward the full observed return. Both are standard prediction methods in reinforcement learning, and their relationship is a recurring question of the field (Sutton 1988).

When only a finite amount of experience is available, a common practice is to present the same data repeatedly until the estimates stop changing. Chapter 6 of Sutton and Barto's Reinforcement Learning: An Introduction (2nd ed., MIT Press, 2018) uses this setting to explain why TD(0) is often faster: under such batch updating, both methods converge deterministically, but to different answers. Batch MC finds the least-squares fit to the observed returns; batch TD(0) finds the value function of the maximum-likelihood Markov model of the data, the certainty-equivalence estimate. The comparison appears in §6.3, Optimality of TD(0) (pp. 126–128), and is illustrated by Example 6.4, You are the Predictor. The book states these conclusions without proof. This mission formalizes them.

Setting

Let S\mathcal SS be a finite set of nonterminal states and S+=S∪{terminal}\mathcal S^+ = \mathcal S \cup \{\text{terminal}\}S+=S∪{terminal}. An episode is a finite sequence S0,R1,S1,…,ST−1,RT,STS_0, R_1, S_1, \dots, S_{T-1}, R_T, S_TS0​,R1​,S1​,…,ST−1​,RT​,ST​ with S0,…,ST−1∈SS_0, \dots, S_{T-1} \in \mathcal SS0​,…,ST−1​∈S, real rewards R1,…,RTR_1, \dots, R_TR1​,…,RT​, and STS_TST​ terminal. A batch is a finite list of episodes. A visit of sss is an (episode, time t<Tt < Tt<T) pair with St=sS_t = sSt​=s, and n(s)n(s)n(s) counts all visits (every-visit counting).

A value array V:S→RV : \mathcal S \to \mathbb RV:S→R is extended by V(terminal)=0V(\text{terminal}) = 0V(terminal)=0. For a discount rate γ∈[0,1]\gamma \in [0,1]γ∈[0,1], the return is Gt=∑k=t+1Tγk−t−1RkG_t = \sum_{k=t+1}^{T}\gamma^{k-t-1}R_kGt​=∑k=t+1T​γk−t−1Rk​ and the TD error is δt=Rt+1+γV(St+1)−V(St)\delta_t = R_{t+1} + \gamma V(S_{t+1}) - V(S_t)δt​=Rt+1​+γV(St+1​)−V(St​).

Batch TD(0) with step size α\alphaα computes the TD(0) increment for every visit in the batch and changes VVV once, by their sum:

Vm+1(s)=Vm(s)+α∑visits t of s[Rt+1+γVm(St+1)−Vm(St)].V_{m+1}(s) = V_m(s) + \alpha\sum_{\text{visits } t \text{ of } s}\big[R_{t+1} + \gamma V_m(S_{t+1}) - V_m(S_t)\big].Vm+1​(s)=Vm​(s)+αvisits t of s∑​[Rt+1​+γVm​(St+1​)−Vm​(St​)].

Batch constant-α\alphaα MC is the same iteration with the increment Gt−Vm(St)G_t - V_m(S_t)Gt​−Vm​(St​).

The maximum-likelihood model of the batch has transition probabilities p^(j∣i)=N(i,j)/n(i)\hat p(j \mid i) = N(i,j)/n(i)p^​(j∣i)=N(i,j)/n(i), where N(i,j)N(i,j)N(i,j) counts the observed transitions from iii to j∈S+j \in \mathcal S^+j∈S+, and expected rewards r^(i,j)\hat r(i,j)r^(i,j) equal to the average reward observed on those transitions. With P^=(p^(s′∣s))s,s′∈S\hat P = (\hat p(s'\mid s))_{s,s'\in\mathcal S}P^=(p^​(s′∣s))s,s′∈S​ and r^(s)=∑jp^(j∣s)r^(s,j)\hat r(s) = \sum_j \hat p(j\mid s)\hat r(s,j)r^(s)=∑j​p^​(j∣s)r^(s,j), the certainty-equivalence estimate is the value function of this Markov reward process,

v^(s)=∑k≥0γk(P^kr^)(s).\hat v(s) = \sum_{k\ge0}\gamma^k\big(\hat P^k\hat r\big)(s).v^(s)=k≥0∑​γk(P^kr^)(s).

Formalization targets

Goal: batch TD(0) converges to the certainty-equivalence estimate

For every finite batch and every γ∈[0,1]\gamma \in [0,1]γ∈[0,1], the series defining v^\hat vv^ converges, and there is αˉ>0\bar\alpha > 0αˉ>0 such that for all α∈(0,αˉ)\alpha \in (0,\bar\alpha)α∈(0,αˉ) and all initial arrays V0V_0V0​,

lim⁡m→∞Vm(s)=v^(s)for every visited s,Vm(s)=V0(s) otherwise.\lim_{m\to\infty} V_m(s) = \hat v(s)\quad\text{for every visited } s, \qquad V_m(s) = V_0(s)\ \text{otherwise}.m→∞lim​Vm​(s)=v^(s)for every visited s,Vm​(s)=V0​(s) otherwise.

The limit depends neither on α\alphaα nor on V0V_0V0​ at visited states.

Milestones

  1. (6.6): with VVV held fixed, Gt−V(St)=∑k=tT−1γk−tδkG_t - V(S_t) = \sum_{k=t}^{T-1}\gamma^{k-t}\delta_kGt​−V(St​)=∑k=tT−1​γk−tδk​.
  2. Exercise 6.8: the same identity for action values, δt=Rt+1+γQ(St+1,At+1)−Q(St,At)\delta_t = R_{t+1} + \gamma Q(S_{t+1},A_{t+1}) - Q(S_t,A_t)δt​=Rt+1​+γQ(St+1​,At+1​)−Q(St​,At​).
  3. Least squares: the sample averages Gˉ(s)\bar G(s)Gˉ(s) of the returns after the visits to sss minimize ∑visits(Gt−V(St))2\sum_{\text{visits}}(G_t - V(S_t))^2∑visits​(Gt​−V(St​))2 over all arrays VVV.
  4. Batch MC: for small α\alphaα, batch constant-α\alphaα MC converges to Gˉ(s)\bar G(s)Gˉ(s) at every visited sss.
  5. Fixed points: the batch TD(0) increments vanish everywhere if and only if V=v^V = \hat vV=v^ on visited states.
  6. Example 6.4: on the eight episodes A,0,B,0A,0,B,0A,0,B,0; B,1B,1B,1 (six times); B,0B,0B,0 with γ=1\gamma = 1γ=1, the certainty-equivalence estimate is v^(A)=v^(B)=3/4\hat v(A) = \hat v(B) = 3/4v^(A)=v^(B)=3/4 and batch TD(0) converges to it, while batch MC converges to V(A)=0V(A) = 0V(A)=0, V(B)=3/4V(B) = 3/4V(B)=3/4.

Significance

The result explains the empirical observation of Figure 6.2 in the book: batch TD(0) has lower error than batch MC on Markov data, because it computes the certainty-equivalence estimate, while batch MC fits the training returns. It also gives a precise meaning to the claim that TD methods approximate the certainty-equivalence solution with memory linear in the number of states, where computing it directly needs a model of quadratic size and cubic time (p. 128). Identity (6.6) is the starting point of the nnn-step and eligibility-trace methods of later chapters.

The comparison under repeated presentation of a finite training set goes back to Sutton 1988, but the textbook states the conclusions without proof, and no machine-checked version is known to exist. The formalization pins down every hypothesis the text leaves implicit: the step-size threshold, the treatment of unvisited states, every-visit counting, and the undiscounted case.

Difficulty

The fixed-point equation of batch TD(0) is D(r^+γP^V−V)=0D(\hat r + \gamma\hat PV - V) = 0D(r^+γP^V−V)=0 on visited states, with DDD the diagonal of visit counts, and convergence of the iteration V↦V+αD(r^+γP^V−V)V \mapsto V + \alpha D(\hat r + \gamma\hat P V - V)V↦V+αD(r^+γP^V−V) requires every eigenvalue of D(I−γP^)D(I - \gamma\hat P)D(I−γP^) to have positive real part. For γ<1\gamma < 1γ<1 this follows from P^\hat PP^ being substochastic. For γ=1\gamma = 1γ=1, the case of Example 6.4, P^\hat PP^ is only substochastic and the naive contraction argument fails: invertibility of I−P^I - \hat PI−P^ must be derived from the structure of the data, since every episode ends in the terminal state. The matrix D(I−γP^)D(I - \gamma\hat P)D(I−γP^) is not symmetric, so symmetric positive-definiteness arguments do not apply. The same issue makes convergence of the series defining v^\hat vv^ nontrivial at γ=1\gamma = 1γ=1.

Formalization scope

An episode is a Lean List (X × ℝ) of transitions (St,Rt+1)(S_t, R_{t+1})(St​,Rt+1​), with the terminal state represented by none : Option X; a batch is a list of episodes; states form a Fintype. Values at the terminal state are 000 by definition. The certainty-equivalence estimate is defined from returns as the series ∑kγkP^kr^\sum_k\gamma^k\hat P^k\hat r∑k​γkP^kr^, not as the solution of a Bellman equation, and its convergence is part of the goal, not assumed. "Sufficiently small α\alphaα" is an existential threshold αˉ>0\bar\alpha > 0αˉ>0 quantified before α\alphaα and V0V_0V0​; a statement for one fixed α\alphaα, or for some α\alphaα, would be weaker than the book's and is ruled out. Unvisited states receive no increment and keep their initial value; the goal records this rather than claiming convergence to v^\hat vv^ there. The standing assumption γ∈[0,1]\gamma \in [0,1]γ∈[0,1] includes γ=1\gamma = 1γ=1. Every visit is counted in both the TD increments and the model; mixing first-visit and every-visit counts would make the goal false.

The mission needs only finite sums, matrix powers and limits of real sequences; Mathlib's Matrix and Filter.Tendsto suffice. A lemma that a nonnegative matrix whose rows reach an absorbing mass has spectral radius below one would be reusable beyond this mission, as would a convergence criterion for V↦V+α(b−MV)V \mapsto V + \alpha(b - MV)V↦V+α(b−MV) when MMM is a nonsingular M-matrix. Contributions of either kind, and of the elementary milestones 1–3, are welcome.

Selected references

  • Richard S. Sutton and Andrew G. Barto, Reinforcement Learning: An Introduction, 2nd ed., MIT Press, 2018, ISBN 9780262039246, §6.1 and §6.3, pp. 119–129. http://incompleteideas.net/book/the-book-2nd.html
  • Richard S. Sutton, Learning to predict by the methods of temporal differences, Machine Learning 3, 9–44, 1988. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF00115009
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Dynamic ProgrammingMachine LearningReinforcement Learning·Captain: mikedeng1

Reinforcement Learning: An Introduction II: The Bellman Optimality Equation and the Existence of an Optimal PolicyTextbook

Motivation

Sutton and Barto's Reinforcement Learning: An Introduction (2nd ed., MIT Press, 2018) is the standard introductory text of the field. Its Chapter 3 sets up the model that the rest of Part I works in: the finite Markov decision process (MDP), the value functions of a policy, and the Bellman equations that relate the value of a state to the values of its successors. Section 3.6 then states the fact every planning and control method of the book relies on: in a finite MDP there is an optimal policy, its value is the unique solution of a system of nonlinear equations, and a policy that acts greedily with respect to that solution is optimal. Dynamic programming (Chapter 4), Monte Carlo control (Chapter 5), Sarsa and Q-learning (Chapter 6) are all methods for solving the Bellman optimality equation; their correctness statements presuppose that it has exactly one solution and that it identifies optimal behaviour.

The book is deliberately informal ("we chose not to produce a rigorous formal treatment", p. xiii): §3.6 asserts these facts without proof. The results themselves are classical, going back to Bellman (1957), Howard (1960) and Blackwell (1965); a textbook proof for discounted finite MDPs is in Puterman, Markov Decision Processes (Wiley, 1994), Chapter 6.

Setting

A finite MDP has a finite set of states S\mathcal SS, a finite nonempty set of actions A\mathcal AA, a finite set of rewards R⊂R\mathcal R \subset \mathbb RR⊂R, and dynamics

p(s′,r∣s,a)=Pr⁡{St=s′,Rt=r∣St−1=s,At−1=a},∑s′∈S∑r∈Rp(s′,r∣s,a)=1,p(s', r \mid s, a) = \Pr\{S_t = s', R_t = r \mid S_{t-1} = s, A_{t-1} = a\}, \qquad \sum_{s' \in \mathcal S}\sum_{r \in \mathcal R} p(s', r \mid s, a) = 1,p(s′,r∣s,a)=Pr{St​=s′,Rt​=r∣St−1​=s,At−1​=a},s′∈S∑​r∈R∑​p(s′,r∣s,a)=1,

Eqs. (3.2)–(3.3). From ppp one derives p(s′∣s,a)=∑rp(s′,r∣s,a)p(s' \mid s, a) = \sum_r p(s', r \mid s, a)p(s′∣s,a)=∑r​p(s′,r∣s,a) and r(s,a)=∑rr∑s′p(s′,r∣s,a)r(s, a) = \sum_r r \sum_{s'} p(s', r \mid s, a)r(s,a)=∑r​r∑s′​p(s′,r∣s,a), Eqs. (3.4)–(3.5).

A policy π\piπ gives a probability π(a∣s)\pi(a \mid s)π(a∣s) of each action in each state. Fix a discount rate 0≤γ<10 \le \gamma < 10≤γ<1. The return of a reward sequence is Gt=∑k≥0γkRt+k+1G_t = \sum_{k \ge 0} \gamma^k R_{t+k+1}Gt​=∑k≥0​γkRt+k+1​ (3.8). The state-value function and action-value function of π\piπ are the expected returns

vπ(s)=Eπ[Gt∣St=s],qπ(s,a)=Eπ[Gt∣St=s,At=a](3.12)–(3.13).v_\pi(s) = \mathbb E_\pi[G_t \mid S_t = s], \qquad q_\pi(s, a) = \mathbb E_\pi[G_t \mid S_t = s, A_t = a] \qquad (3.12)\text{–}(3.13).vπ​(s)=Eπ​[Gt​∣St​=s],qπ​(s,a)=Eπ​[Gt​∣St​=s,At​=a](3.12)–(3.13).

In the Lean development these are stateValue M γ π s and actionValue M γ π s a, computed as ∑kγk(Pπkrπ)(s)\sum_k \gamma^k (P_\pi^k r_\pi)(s)∑k​γk(Pπk​rπ​)(s) from the transition matrix Pπ(s,s′)=∑aπ(a∣s) p(s′∣s,a)P_\pi(s, s') = \sum_a \pi(a \mid s)\,p(s' \mid s, a)Pπ​(s,s′)=∑a​π(a∣s)p(s′∣s,a) and the expected reward rπ(s)=∑aπ(a∣s) r(s,a)r_\pi(s) = \sum_a \pi(a \mid s)\,r(s, a)rπ​(s)=∑a​π(a∣s)r(s,a) of the Markov chain the policy induces. A policy π\piπ is optimal (IsOptimalPolicy) if vπ(s)≥vπ′(s)v_\pi(s) \ge v_{\pi'}(s)vπ​(s)≥vπ′​(s) for every policy π′\pi'π′ and every state sss. The optimal value functions are

v∗(s)=max⁡πvπ(s)(3.15),q∗(s,a)=max⁡πqπ(s,a)(3.16),v_*(s) = \max_\pi v_\pi(s) \quad (3.15), \qquad q_*(s, a) = \max_\pi q_\pi(s, a) \quad (3.16),v∗​(s)=πmax​vπ​(s)(3.15),q∗​(s,a)=πmax​qπ​(s,a)(3.16),

optimalValue and optimalActionValue, with the maximum over all stochastic policies.

Formalization targets

Goal: the Bellman optimality equation and optimal policies (§3.6, pp. 62–64)

For every finite MDP and 0≤γ<10 \le \gamma < 10≤γ<1:

  1. the maximum in (3.15) is attained at every state;
  2. an optimal policy exists;
  3. v∗v_*v∗​ satisfies the Bellman optimality equation
v∗(s)=max⁡a∑s′,rp(s′,r∣s,a)[r+γv∗(s′)]for all s;(3.19)v_*(s) = \max_{a} \sum_{s', r} p(s', r \mid s, a)\big[r + \gamma v_*(s')\big] \quad \text{for all } s; \qquad (3.19)v∗​(s)=amax​s′,r∑​p(s′,r∣s,a)[r+γv∗​(s′)]for all s;(3.19)
  1. v∗v_*v∗​ is the only function on S\mathcal SS satisfying (3.19);
  2. every policy that assigns positive probability only to actions attaining the maximum in (3.19) is optimal.

Milestones

  • (3.9) Gt=Rt+1+γGt+1G_t = R_{t+1} + \gamma G_{t+1}Gt​=Rt+1​+γGt+1​ for bounded rewards, with the series convergent.
  • (3.14) the Bellman equation vπ(s)=∑aπ(a∣s)∑s′,rp(s′,r∣s,a)[r+γvπ(s′)]v_\pi(s) = \sum_a \pi(a \mid s) \sum_{s', r} p(s', r \mid s, a)[r + \gamma v_\pi(s')]vπ​(s)=∑a​π(a∣s)∑s′,r​p(s′,r∣s,a)[r+γvπ​(s′)], and (p. 60) its uniqueness: vπv_\pivπ​ is its only solution.
  • Exercise 3.15 adding a constant ccc to all rewards adds vc=c/(1−γ)v_c = c/(1-\gamma)vc​=c/(1−γ) to every value.
  • Exercises 3.18 and 3.19 vπ(s)=∑aπ(a∣s) qπ(s,a)v_\pi(s) = \sum_a \pi(a \mid s)\,q_\pi(s, a)vπ​(s)=∑a​π(a∣s)qπ​(s,a) and qπ(s,a)=∑s′,rp(s′,r∣s,a)[r+γvπ(s′)]q_\pi(s, a) = \sum_{s', r} p(s', r \mid s, a)[r + \gamma v_\pi(s')]qπ​(s,a)=∑s′,r​p(s′,r∣s,a)[r+γvπ​(s′)].
  • (3.16)–(3.17) the maximum defining q∗q_*q∗​ is attained and q∗(s,a)=∑s′,rp(s′,r∣s,a)[r+γv∗(s′)]q_*(s, a) = \sum_{s', r} p(s', r \mid s, a)[r + \gamma v_*(s')]q∗​(s,a)=∑s′,r​p(s′,r∣s,a)[r+γv∗​(s′)].
  • (3.20) the Bellman optimality equation for action values, q∗(s,a)=∑s′,rp(s′,r∣s,a)[r+γmax⁡a′q∗(s′,a′)]q_*(s, a) = \sum_{s', r} p(s', r \mid s, a)[r + \gamma \max_{a'} q_*(s', a')]q∗​(s,a)=∑s′,r​p(s′,r∣s,a)[r+γmaxa′​q∗​(s′,a′)].

Significance

The goal is what turns "find a good policy" into "solve a system of equations". Parts 3 and 4 identify v∗v_*v∗​ with the unique solution of (3.19), so any procedure that finds a solution of (3.19) has found v∗v_*v∗​; part 5 converts v∗v_*v∗​ into an optimal policy by a one-step search. Parts 1 and 2 say that the book's definition (3.15) makes sense: a single policy is simultaneously best at every state, so "the optimal value function" is well defined and shared by all optimal policies. Chapter 4's policy iteration and value iteration, and the fixed points of Q-learning, are statements about this equation. Exercises 3.18 and 3.19 are used, by number, in the proof of the policy gradient theorem (p. 325).

The mathematics is classical and proved in many texts; what is missing is a machine-checked version in the book's own model. Platform relatives exist in different models: FoundationsML.ReinforcementLearning.bellman_equations_unique_solution (uniqueness for a fixed policy, with an expected-reward kernel instead of p(s′,r∣s,a)p(s', r \mid s, a)p(s′,r∣s,a)), BertsekasDP.discounted_main_theorem (cost minimization over deterministic stationary policies), BanditAlgorithm.mdp_discounted_bellman_solution (existence of a solution with a greedy deterministic policy, rewards in [0,1][0,1][0,1]) and FoundationsRL.RLBasics.bellman_optimality (finite horizon). None of them states the book's result: the four-argument dynamics, stochastic policies, the maximum over all of them, uniqueness of the solution of (3.19), and optimality of every policy supported on greedy actions. This mission produces that statement and, with it, a vocabulary of finite-MDP definitions that the later missions of the series reuse.

Difficulty

The book's derivation of (3.19) (p. 63) starts from v∗(s)=max⁡aqπ∗(s,a)v_*(s) = \max_a q_{\pi_*}(s, a)v∗​(s)=maxa​qπ∗​​(s,a) with a policy π∗\pi_*π∗​ that is optimal at every state at once. The existence of such a policy is the substance of the goal, and it does not follow from the definition: (3.15) takes a separate maximum at each state, and a priori the maximizing policy could depend on the state. Uniqueness for (3.19) is likewise not a consequence of linear algebra, as it is for (3.14): the equation is nonlinear because of the maximum. The fixed point must be related to the value of an actual policy, and every policy's value must be bounded above by it.

Formalization scope

  • Model. S and A are finite types with A nonempty (without an action, max⁡a\max_amaxa​ is undefined). One action set serves every state, as the book's footnote 3 (p. 48) allows. Rewards form a finite set M.R : Finset ℝ and the dynamics are the four-argument M.p s a s' r with the normalization (3.3).
  • Discounting. All statements assume 0≤γ<10 \le \gamma < 10≤γ<1 (the continuing discounted case of §3.3). The episodic case with γ=1\gamma = 1γ=1 is not covered: the book's uniqueness claims then need every episode to terminate under every policy, which the chapter never states, and without it (3.19) can have many solutions (a state that loops to itself with reward 000 satisfies v(s)=v(s)v(s) = v(s)v(s)=v(s) for any value).
  • Value functions from returns. vπv_\pivπ​ and qπq_\piqπ​ are expected discounted returns, computed from the Markov chain the policy induces. They are not defined as solutions of the Bellman equations, and v∗v_*v∗​ is not defined as a solution of (3.19): either would make the goal true by definition. The Bellman equations are theorems.
  • Maxima. v∗v_*v∗​ and q∗q_*q∗​ are real suprema over the type of stochastic policies (Lean gives a supremum that does not exist the value 000); the goal and milestone (3.17) assert that these suprema are attained, so they are the book's maxima.
  • Conditional expectations. (3.17), (3.18) and (3.20) are stated in their finite-sum form over (s′,r)(s', r)(s′,r).
  • Exercises. Exercises 3.15, 3.18 and 3.19 have no printed solutions; the statements give the formalization's answers (vc=c/(1−γ)v_c = c/(1-\gamma)vc​=c/(1−γ) and the two displayed identities).
  • Reusable infrastructure. The definitions (MDP, Policy, trans, expReward, policyTrans, policyReward, stateValue, actionValue, optimalValue, optimalActionValue, IsOptimalPolicy) follow the conventions shared by the whole series and are meant to be merged with the finite-MDP layers of the later chapters. Lemmas on summability of the value series, the Bellman operator as a γ\gammaγ-contraction in the sup norm, and the Markov-chain identities for PπkP_\pi^kPπk​ are welcome as separate contributions.

Selected references

  • R. S. Sutton, A. G. Barto, Reinforcement Learning: An Introduction, 2nd ed., MIT Press, 2018, ISBN 9780262039246, Chapter 3. http://incompleteideas.net/book/the-book-2nd.html
  • R. Bellman, Dynamic Programming, Princeton University Press, 1957. https://doi.org/10.2307/j.ctv1nxcw0f
  • R. A. Howard, Dynamic Programming and Markov Processes, MIT Press, 1960.
  • D. Blackwell, "Discounted dynamic programming", Annals of Mathematical Statistics 36(1), 1965, 226–235. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177700285
  • M. L. Puterman, Markov Decision Processes: Discrete Stochastic Dynamic Programming, Wiley, 1994. https://doi.org/10.1002/9780470316887
11 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Numerical AnalysisOperations ResearchProbability+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Fundamentals of Queueing Theory X: Uniformization of Continuous-Time Markov ChainsTextbook

Motivation

Most Markovian queueing models have no closed-form transient solution. The M/M/1 queue already needs modified Bessel functions (Chapter 2 of the book), and a finite-capacity or multi-class model with state-dependent rates has no closed form at all. What an analyst can always write down is the system of forward equations p′(t)=p(t)Qp'(t)=p(t)Qp′(t)=p(t)Q for the state probabilities. Chapter 8 of Gross, Shortle, Thompson and Harris, Fundamentals of Queueing Theory (4th ed., Wiley 2008, DOI 10.1002/9781118625651), presents two numerical techniques that turn such models into numbers: the randomization (or uniformization) method for the transient distribution of a finite continuous-time Markov chain, and the Fourier-series method for inverting a Laplace transform, as needed for the M/G/1 waiting-time transform (5.33) and the busy-period transform (5.37).

Uniformization goes back to Jensen (1953) and is the standard transient solver in performance-evaluation and reliability tools. Its appeal is that it replaces a matrix exponential, which is numerically delicate, by powers of a stochastic matrix weighted by Poisson probabilities, with an error bound that can be fixed before the computation starts (Grassmann 1977; Gross and Miller 1984). The Fourier-series method with Euler summation is due to Abate and Whitt (Abate and Whitt 1992; Abate, Choudhury and Whitt 1999).

Setting

A continuous-time Markov chain X(t)X(t)X(t) on the states {0,1,…,N}\{0,1,\dots,N\}{0,1,…,N} is described by its infinitesimal generator Q=(qij)Q=(q_{ij})Q=(qij​): for i≠ji\ne ji=j, qij≥0q_{ij}\ge0qij​≥0 is the rate of jumps from iii to jjj, and the diagonal entry is −qi-q_i−qi​ with

qi=∑j≠iqij,i=0,1,…,N.q_i=\sum_{j\ne i}q_{ij},\qquad i=0,1,\dots,N.qi​=j=i∑​qij​,i=0,1,…,N.

The transient state-probability vector p(t)=(p0(t),…,pN(t))p(t)=(p_0(t),\dots,p_N(t))p(t)=(p0​(t),…,pN​(t)), pn(t)=Pr⁡{X(t)=n}p_n(t)=\Pr\{X(t)=n\}pn​(t)=Pr{X(t)=n}, is the solution of the forward equations

p′(t)=p(t)Q(t≥0),p'(t)=p(t)Q\quad(t\ge0),p′(t)=p(t)Q(t≥0),

started from a given probability vector p(0)p(0)p(0). Fix a constant Λ>0\Lambda>0Λ>0 with Λ≥qi\Lambda\ge q_iΛ≥qi​ for every iii (the book takes Λ=max⁡iqi\Lambda=\max_i q_iΛ=maxi​qi​) and define the uniformized matrix

P~=QΛ+I,p~in={qin/Λ(i≠n),1−qi/Λ(i=n).\tilde P=\frac{Q}{\Lambda}+I,\qquad \tilde p_{in}=\begin{cases}q_{in}/\Lambda&(i\ne n),\\1-q_i/\Lambda&(i=n).\end{cases}P~=ΛQ​+I,p~​in​={qin​/Λ1−qi​/Λ​(i=n),(i=n).​

It is the transition matrix of a discrete-time chain YkY_kYk​: the state of XXX after the kkk-th event of a Poisson process of rate Λ\LambdaΛ that has been thinned. Write ϕ(k)=p(0)P~k\phi^{(k)}=p(0)\tilde P^{k}ϕ(k)=p(0)P~k for its distribution after kkk steps.

For the second half of the chapter, the Laplace transform of a real function fff on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) is fˉ(s)=∫0∞e−stf(t) dt\bar f(s)=\int_0^\infty e^{-st}f(t)\,dtfˉ​(s)=∫0∞​e−stf(t)dt, and the Fourier-series approximant with parameter AAA is

fA,n(t)=eA/22t[fˉ(A2t)+2∑k=1n(−1)k Re fˉ(A+2kπi2t)],f_{A,n}(t)=\frac{e^{A/2}}{2t}\Big[\bar f\Big(\frac{A}{2t}\Big)+2\sum_{k=1}^{n}(-1)^k\,\mathrm{Re}\,\bar f\Big(\frac{A+2k\pi i}{2t}\Big)\Big],fA,n​(t)=2teA/2​[fˉ​(2tA​)+2k=1∑n​(−1)kRefˉ​(2tA+2kπi​)],

with fA(t)=lim⁡n→∞fA,n(t)f_A(t)=\lim_{n\to\infty}f_{A,n}(t)fA​(t)=limn→∞​fA,n​(t).

Formalization targets

Goal: the randomization formula with its truncation bound (Eqs. (8.9)–(8.12))

The forward equations have a solution, and every solution satisfies, for all t≥0t\ge0t≥0,

p(t)=∑k=0∞p(0)P~(k) e−Λt(Λt)kk!,p(t)=\sum_{k=0}^{\infty}p(0)\tilde P^{(k)}\,\frac{e^{-\Lambda t}(\Lambda t)^k}{k!},p(t)=k=0∑∞​p(0)P~(k)k!e−Λt(Λt)k​,

and whenever ∑k=0Te−Λt(Λt)k/k!>1−ϵ\sum_{k=0}^{T}e^{-\Lambda t}(\Lambda t)^k/k!>1-\epsilon∑k=0T​e−Λt(Λt)k/k!>1−ϵ, every component of the sum truncated at k=Tk=Tk=T is within ϵ\epsilonϵ of pn(t)p_n(t)pn​(t).

Milestones

  1. Eq. (8.12): P~\tilde PP~ has the entries above and is a stochastic matrix.
  2. Eqs. (8.13)–(8.14): ϕ(k)=ϕ(k−1)P~\phi^{(k)}=\phi^{(k-1)}\tilde Pϕ(k)=ϕ(k−1)P~ and each ϕ(k)\phi^{(k)}ϕ(k) is a probability vector.
  3. p.385: ϕ=ϕP~  ⟺  0=ϕQ\phi=\phi\tilde P\iff0=\phi Qϕ=ϕP~⟺0=ϕQ.
  4. Eqs. (8.27)–(8.28): for bounded Lipschitz fff, A>0A>0A>0 and t>0t>0t>0,
fA(t)−f(t)=∑k=1∞e−kAf((2k+1)t),∣fA(t)−f(t)∣≤Ce−A1−e−A  if ∣f(x)∣≤C for x>3t.f_A(t)-f(t)=\sum_{k=1}^{\infty}e^{-kA}f\big((2k+1)t\big),\qquad |f_A(t)-f(t)|\le\frac{Ce^{-A}}{1-e^{-A}}\ \text{ if } |f(x)|\le C \text{ for } x>3t.fA​(t)−f(t)=k=1∑∞​e−kAf((2k+1)t),∣fA​(t)−f(t)∣≤1−e−ACe−A​  if ∣f(x)∣≤C for x>3t.

The mission also contains Eqs. (8.7)–(8.8) as a further theorem, outside the milestone list: the transition probabilities satisfy pin(t)=∑kp~in(k)e−Λt(Λt)k/k!p_{in}(t)=\sum_k\tilde p^{(k)}_{in}e^{-\Lambda t}(\Lambda t)^k/k!pin​(t)=∑k​p~​in(k)​e−Λt(Λt)k/k!, and pn(t)=∑ipi(0)pin(t)p_n(t)=\sum_i p_i(0)p_{in}(t)pn​(t)=∑i​pi​(0)pin​(t).

Significance

The randomization formula reduces the transient analysis of any finite Markovian queue (finite-buffer, multi-server, with balking, reneging or state-dependent rates) to repeated vector–matrix products with a sparse stochastic matrix. The truncation point is chosen from a Poisson tail alone, independently of QQQ. Milestone 3 shows that the same matrix gives the stationary equations, so one iteration serves both transient and steady-state computation. The discretization identity (8.27) is what justifies the parameter choice in Algorithm 8.1: the error decays like e−Ae^{-A}e−A.

All of these results are classical and proved in the literature. None of them is formalized in Lean or Mathlib as far as a search of the platform and Mathlib shows. Mathlib has the matrix exponential and Poisson summation under decay hypotheses, but no continuous-time Markov chain generators, no uniformization, and no Laplace transform. This mission would add the finite-state link between generators, stochastic matrices and matrix exponentials that later chapters of queueing and reliability theory use, and a verified error formula for a numerical inversion method in wide use.

Difficulty

The book's derivation is probabilistic: it conditions on the number of events of the Poisson(Λ\LambdaΛ) process and thins them. A formal statement cannot rest on that picture, because p(t)p(t)p(t) is defined analytically, by the forward equations. The goal therefore contains a uniqueness statement for a linear ODE on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) with one-sided derivative at 000, which the book never mentions. The componentwise bound then needs P~\tilde PP~ to be stochastic, so that every ϕn(k)\phi^{(k)}_nϕn(k)​ lies in [0,1][0,1][0,1]. That is exactly where Λ≥max⁡iqi\Lambda\ge\max_i q_iΛ≥maxi​qi​ is used; with a smaller Λ\LambdaΛ the matrix P~\tilde PP~ has negative diagonal entries and the bound fails.

For (8.27), the book gives no proof. The identity is an aliasing (Poisson-summation) formula for a periodic function assembled from the values of fff at all odd multiples of ttt. The convergence of the conditionally summed series (8.24) is the delicate point: continuity of fff at ttt, the book's only hypothesis, does not guarantee convergence of a Fourier series. Mathlib's Poisson summation theorems require decay of the Fourier transform that the damped, reflected function built from fff does not have.

Formalization scope

  • States are Fin (N+1); a row vector is Fin (N+1) → ℝ; pQpQpQ is vecMul. A generator is a real matrix with nonnegative off-diagonal entries and diagonal −∑j≠iqij-\sum_{j\ne i}q_{ij}−∑j=i​qij​.
  • p(t)p(t)p(t) is not defined as the series. It is any function with p(0)=p0p(0)=p_0p(0)=p0​ and one-sided derivative p(t)Qp(t)Qp(t)Q within [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) at every t≥0t\ge0t≥0. The goal also asserts that such a function exists, so it cannot hold vacuously, and it asserts the series identity for every solution. Defining p(t)p(t)p(t) as the series (8.9) would make the goal a tautology and is ruled out.
  • Λ\LambdaΛ is any real with Λ>0\Lambda>0Λ>0 and Λ≥qi\Lambda\ge q_iΛ≥qi​ for all iii (the book takes equality with max⁡iqi\max_i q_imaxi​qi​).
  • The truncation bound is stated componentwise, as on p.384 ("an error bound on pn(t)p_n(t)pn​(t) of ϵ\epsilonϵ"), for an arbitrary real ϵ\epsilonϵ and truncation point TTT.
  • The series (8.8), (8.9) are stated with HasSum, so convergence is part of the claim.
  • The Laplace transform is the Lebesgue integral over (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞) at a complex argument. fA(t)f_A(t)fA​(t) is the limit of the partial sums fA,n(t)f_{A,n}(t)fA,n​(t), and the convergence is part of milestone 4.
  • Strengthened hypotheses in milestone 4: fff bounded and Lipschitz on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) replaces "ttt is a continuity point of fff", which is not sufficient for convergence.
  • Corrected misprints: e−λte^{-\lambda t}e−λt in (8.9) is e−Λte^{-\Lambda t}e−Λt; qij/Λq_{ij}/\Lambdaqij​/Λ in (8.12) is qin/Λq_{in}/\Lambdaqin​/Λ; ϕ(Q/Λ−I)\phi(Q/\Lambda-I)ϕ(Q/Λ−I) on p.385 is ϕ(Q/Λ+I)\phi(Q/\Lambda+I)ϕ(Q/Λ+I).
  • Not formalized: Theorem 8.1 (Bromwich inversion) and the real form (8.21), which the book states without hypotheses on fff; the limit claim lim⁡kϕ(k)=lim⁡tp(t)\lim_k\phi^{(k)}=\lim_t p(t)limk​ϕ(k)=limt​p(t) on p.385, which fails when P~\tilde PP~ is periodic; the Euler-summation approximation (8.26) and the round-off discussion, which are stated with "≈".

Useful infrastructure: the matrix exponential and its derivative (Matrix, NormedSpace.exp), uniqueness for linear ODEs (Grönwall), Fourier series on the circle, and a reusable Laplace transform file. Contributions of general lemmas on generators and stochastic matrices are welcome, as they apply to every finite Markovian model in the series.

Selected references

  • D. Gross, J. F. Shortle, J. M. Thompson, C. M. Harris, Fundamentals of Queueing Theory, 4th ed., Wiley, 2008, §§8.1.2–8.2. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781118625651
  • A. Jensen, "Markoff chains as an aid in the study of Markoff processes", Skandinavisk Aktuarietidskrift 36 (1953) 87–91.
  • W. K. Grassmann, "Transient solutions in Markovian queueing systems", Computers & Operations Research 4 (1977) 47–53.
  • D. Gross, D. R. Miller, "The randomization technique as a modeling tool and solution procedure for transient Markov processes", Operations Research 32 (1984) 343–361. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.32.2.343
  • J. Abate, W. Whitt, "The Fourier-series method for inverting transforms of probability distributions", Queueing Systems 10 (1992) 5–87. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01158520
  • J. Abate, G. L. Choudhury, W. Whitt, "An introduction to numerical transform inversion and its application to probability models", in W. Grassmann (ed.), Computational Probability, Kluwer, 1999, 257–323.
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Control TheoryDynamic ProgrammingLinear algebra+2·Captain: mikedeng1

Bellman's Dynamic Programming IX: Markovian Decision Processes and the Maximal Perron RootTextbook

Motivation

Chapter XI of Richard Bellman's Dynamic Programming (Princeton University Press, 1957; DOI 10.2307/j.ctv1nxcw0f) studies decision processes whose state is a vector of nonnegative quantities, for example the probabilities that a system is in each of NNN states, or the stocks of NNN commodities, and whose transitions are linear maps chosen stage by stage by a controller. Maximizing a linear functional of the state at every stage leads to the nonlinear difference equation

xi(n+1)=max⁡q∑j=1Naij(q) xj(n),xi(0)=ci,x_i(n+1) = \max_q \sum_{j=1}^N a_{ij}(q)\, x_j(n), \qquad x_i(0) = c_i,xi​(n+1)=qmax​j=1∑N​aij​(q)xj​(n),xi​(0)=ci​,

and, in the limit of small time steps, to differential equations of the form dx/dt=max⁡q[A(q,t)x+b(q,t)]dx/dt = \max_q [A(q,t)x + b(q,t)]dx/dt=maxq​[A(q,t)x+b(q,t)] and, when two opposing controllers act, dx/dt=max⁡pmin⁡q[… ]dx/dt = \max_p \min_q[\dots]dx/dt=maxp​minq​[…].

These equations are the multiplicative counterpart of the additive Bellman equation. Their growth rate is the natural object for controlled population models, controlled Markov chains observed through their unnormalized state vectors, and economic growth models with a choice of technology. Bellman announced the discrete results in "A Markovian decision process" (J. Math. Mech. 6, 1957) the same year as the book, and R. A. Howard's Dynamic Programming and Markov Processes (MIT Press, 1960) developed policy iteration for the related average-reward problem. The central discrete result of the chapter, Theorem 2, is an early instance of what is now called nonlinear Perron–Frobenius theory (Lemmens and Nussbaum, 2012).

Setting

Fix N≥1N \ge 1N≥1. Row iii of the matrix carries its own control qiq_iqi​, ranging over a set SiS_iSi​; the joint control is q=(q1,…,qN)q = (q_1, \dots, q_N)q=(q1​,…,qN​) in S=S1×⋯×SNS = S_1 \times \dots \times S_NS=S1​×⋯×SN​, and A(q)=(aij(qi))A(q) = (a_{ij}(q_i))A(q)=(aij​(qi​)). Bellman insists on this row-wise structure (§ 3): "the set of q's for each row is distinct from the corresponding set for any other row ... so that there is no interaction between the various maximizations". The maximum of a vector over qqq is then taken row by row.

The Perron root φ(q)\varphi(q)φ(q) is the characteristic root of A(q)A(q)A(q) of largest absolute value, the spectral radius of A(q)A(q)A(q) as a complex matrix. The conditions (10.3) of the chapter are:

  1. for every yyy and every row the maximum of ∑jaij(qi)yj\sum_j a_{ij}(q_i) y_j∑j​aij​(qi​)yj​ over SiS_iSi​ is attained;
  2. 0<aij(q)≤m<∞0 < a_{ij}(q) \le m < \infty0<aij​(q)≤m<∞ on SSS;
  3. φ\varphiφ attains its maximum on SSS.

For the continuous processes, ∥x∥=∑i∣xi∣\|x\| = \sum_i |x_i|∥x∥=∑i​∣xi​∣ and ∥A∥=∑i,j∣aij∣\|A\| = \sum_{i,j}|a_{ij}|∥A∥=∑i,j​∣aij​∣, and a solution of dx/dt=F(t,x)dx/dt = F(t,x)dx/dt=F(t,x), x(0)=cx(0)=cx(0)=c, on [0,T][0,T][0,T] is a continuous xxx with x(t)=c+∫0tF(s,x(s)) dsx(t) = c + \int_0^t F(s, x(s))\,dsx(t)=c+∫0t​F(s,x(s))ds, which is the book's "satisfying the equation almost everywhere". The successive approximations are x0=cx_0 = cx0​=c, xn+1(t)=c+∫0tF(s,xn(s)) dsx_{n+1}(t) = c + \int_0^t F(s, x_n(s))\,dsxn+1​(t)=c+∫0t​F(s,xn​(s))ds.

Formalization targets

Goal: Chapter XI, Theorem 2

Under (10.3) there is exactly one λ>0\lambda > 0λ>0 for which

λyi=max⁡q∑j=1Naij(q) yj,i=1,…,N,\lambda y_i = \max_q \sum_{j=1}^N a_{ij}(q)\, y_j, \qquad i = 1,\dots,N,λyi​=qmax​j=1∑N​aij​(q)yj​,i=1,…,N,

has a solution with all yi>0y_i > 0yi​>0. That solution is unique up to a positive factor, and

λ=max⁡q∈Sφ(q).\lambda = \max_{q \in S} \varphi(q).λ=q∈Smax​φ(q).

Milestones

  1. § 4, Lemma. For row-wise maximized operators T1(x)=max⁡q[b1(q,t)+∫0tA(q,s)x ds]T_1(x) = \max_q[b_1(q,t) + \int_0^t A(q,s)x\,ds]T1​(x)=maxq​[b1​(q,t)+∫0t​A(q,s)xds] and T2(y)T_2(y)T2​(y) likewise, ∥T1(x)−T2(y)∥≤max⁡q[∥b1−b2∥+∫0t∥A(q,s)∥ ∥x−y∥ ds]\|T_1(x) - T_2(y)\| \le \max_q[\|b_1 - b_2\| + \int_0^t \|A(q,s)\|\,\|x-y\|\,ds]∥T1​(x)−T2​(y)∥≤maxq​[∥b1​−b2​∥+∫0t​∥A(q,s)∥∥x−y∥ds].
  2. Theorem 1. If ∥A(q,t)∥,∥b(q,t)∥≤f(t)\|A(q,t)\|, \|b(q,t)\| \le f(t)∥A(q,t)∥,∥b(q,t)∥≤f(t) with fff locally integrable and the maximum is attained, then dx/dt=max⁡q[A(q,t)x+b(q,t)]dx/dt = \max_q[A(q,t)x + b(q,t)]dx/dt=maxq​[A(q,t)x+b(q,t)], x(0)=cx(0) = cx(0)=c, has a unique solution, the uniform limit of the successive approximations.
  3. Theorem 3 (corrected). If moreover φ\varphiφ has a unique maximizer on SSS and c≥0c \ge 0c≥0, c≠0c \ne 0c=0, then the recurrence satisfies xi(n)∼a yi λnx_i(n) \sim a\,y_i\,\lambda^nxi​(n)∼ayi​λn with a=a(c)>0a = a(c) > 0a=a(c)>0.
  4. Theorem 4. The same well-posedness for dx/dt=max⁡pmin⁡q[A(p,q,t)x+b(p,q,t)]=min⁡qmax⁡p[… ]dx/dt = \max_p\min_q[A(p,q,t)x + b(p,q,t)] = \min_q\max_p[\dots]dx/dt=maxp​minq​[A(p,q,t)x+b(p,q,t)]=minq​maxp​[…] on [0,T][0,T][0,T].
  5. Theorem 5. If (Bp,q)≥d>0(Bp,q) \ge d > 0(Bp,q)≥d>0 on probability vectors, the solution of du/dt=max⁡pmin⁡q[(Ap,q)−(Bp,q)u]du/dt = \max_p\min_q[(Ap,q) - (Bp,q)u]du/dt=maxp​minq​[(Ap,q)−(Bp,q)u] satisfies
lim⁡t→∞u(t)=max⁡pmin⁡q(Ap,q)(Bp,q)=min⁡qmax⁡p(Ap,q)(Bp,q).\lim_{t\to\infty} u(t) = \max_p \min_q \frac{(Ap,q)}{(Bp,q)} = \min_q \max_p \frac{(Ap,q)}{(Bp,q)} .t→∞lim​u(t)=pmax​qmin​(Bp,q)(Ap,q)​=qmin​pmax​(Bp,q)(Ap,q)​.

Significance

Theorem 2 identifies the optimal long-run growth rate of a controlled multiplicative process with the largest Perron root among the admissible matrices, and shows that the optimal process has a single positive stationary direction. Theorem 3 turns this into the asymptotics of the value iteration x(n+1)=max⁡qA(q)x(n)x(n+1) = \max_q A(q)x(n)x(n+1)=maxq​A(q)x(n): after normalization by λn\lambda^nλn the iterates converge to a multiple of the eigenvector. Theorems 1 and 4 are the existence and uniqueness results that justify defining continuous-time controlled processes and differential games by these equations. Theorem 5 recovers the min-max theorem for ratios of bilinear forms (Chapter X) as the long-run limit of a scalar differential game.

The results are classical, and none of them is formalized. Mathlib has the spectral radius and irreducible matrices but no Perron–Frobenius theorem and no Brouwer fixed point theorem; the platform has a statement of the Perron theorem for a single positive matrix (ClassicalGaps.perron_positive_matrix). A formal proof of the goal therefore also produces a reusable monotone, positively homogeneous eigenvector theorem on the positive orthant.

Difficulty

The map y↦max⁡qA(q)yy \mapsto \max_q A(q)yy↦maxq​A(q)y is not linear, so the linear-algebra proof of the Perron theorem through the characteristic polynomial does not apply. Existence of a positive eigenvector needs a fixed point argument for a nonlinear map of the simplex (Bellman uses Brouwer's theorem). The identification λ=max⁡qφ(q)\lambda = \max_q \varphi(q)λ=maxq​φ(q) must connect the nonlinear eigenvalue with the spectra of the individual matrices, which requires the Perron theory of each A(q)A(q)A(q), including the fact that the Perron root dominates every complex eigenvalue in modulus. For Theorem 3, the iterates may switch controls infinitely often when SSS is infinite, so an argument that the optimal control is eventually constant does not settle convergence. For Theorems 1 and 4, the right-hand side is only measurable in ttt and Lipschitz in xxx with an integrable constant, so the classical Picard–Lindelöf theorem with a continuous right-hand side does not apply directly.

Formalization scope

Everything lives in the namespace BellmanDP.Markovian. Vectors are Fin N → ℝ and matrices are Matrix (Fin N) (Fin N) ℝ. Row iii's control type is Q i with admissible set S i, and the joint admissible set is Set.pi Set.univ S. The Perron root is (spectralRadius ℂ (A.map (algebraMap ℝ ℂ))).toReal, the largest modulus of a complex eigenvalue; it is not defined as a positive eigenvalue with a positive eigenvector, which would make the Perron–Frobenius content of the goal definitional. The maximized eigen-equation is stated with IsGreatest, so the maxima are attained. The goal and Theorem 3 assume N≥1N \ge 1N≥1; for N=0N = 0N=0 every λ\lambdaλ would qualify.

Conventions and repairs:

  • Theorem 3 prints "a unique q for which the maximum value of q is assumed". A control has no maximum value; the proof uses "q∗q^*q∗ ... the value of qqq for which λ=φ(q∗)\lambda = \varphi(q^*)λ=φ(q∗)", so the hypothesis is uniqueness of the maximizer of φ\varphiφ. For c=0c = 0c=0 the iterates vanish and xi(n)∼ayiλnx_i(n) \sim a y_i\lambda^nxi​(n)∼ayi​λn fails, so c≠0c \ne 0c=0 is assumed (the proof takes c>0c > 0c>0 "without loss of generality"). The asymptotic is stated as xi(n)/λn→ayix_i(n)/\lambda^n \to a y_ixi​(n)/λn→ayi​ with a>0a > 0a>0.
  • Theorems 1 and 4: the book's controls are functions of ttt with the maximum outside the integral; since the maximization is pointwise (§ 4), the statements use pointwise sets and the integral of the pointwise maximum. Measurability of t↦F(t,x)t \mapsto F(t,x)t↦F(t,x) is not stated in the book and is assumed. In Theorem 4 the max-min is taken row by row, and (2a) is encoded as the existence of a saddle point in each row.
  • § 4 Lemma: "≤max⁡q[… ]\le \max_q[\dots]≤maxq​[…]" is stated as "≤[… ]\le [\dots]≤[…] at some admissible joint qqq".
  • Theorem 5: the right-hand side is the max-min form; the equality of the two ratio values is part of the conclusion.

Degenerate readings are ruled out: the maxima are attained or taken over nonempty compact sets, never Lean's junk sSup of an unbounded set, and the Perron root is spectral rather than defined through the conclusion. Contributions welcome: a proof of the single-matrix Perron theorem in the form needed here, a Brouwer or Kakutani fixed point theorem for the simplex, and a Carathéodory existence theorem for dx/dt=F(t,x)dx/dt = F(t,x)dx/dt=F(t,x) with an integrable Lipschitz constant, each reusable well beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • R. Bellman, Dynamic Programming, Princeton University Press, 1957; Princeton Landmarks in Mathematics ed., 2010, Chapter XI. https://doi.org/10.2307/j.ctv1nxcw0f
  • R. Bellman, "A Markovian decision process", Journal of Mathematics and Mechanics 6 (1957), 679–684.
  • R. A. Howard, Dynamic Programming and Markov Processes, MIT Press, 1960.
  • O. Perron, "Zur Theorie der Matrices", Mathematische Annalen 64 (1907), 248–263. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01449896
  • B. Lemmens and R. Nussbaum, Nonlinear Perron–Frobenius Theory, Cambridge University Press, 2012. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781139026079
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Stochastic Dynamic Programming and the Control of Queueing Systems XIV: Conforming Approximating Sequences for Markov ChainsTextbook

Motivation

Countable-state Markov chains are the standard model of queues with unbounded buffers, but any numerical computation of their long-run behaviour works on a finite state space. The usual remedy is truncation: restrict the chain to a finite set SNS_NSN​ and redistribute the probability of leaving SNS_NSN​ back into it. Whether the steady state probabilities and average costs of the truncated chains converge to those of the original chain depends on how that probability is redistributed. Gibson and Seneta studied this question for the stationary distributions of chains without costs (Gibson and Seneta, J. Appl. Prob., 1987). Sennott extended it to chains with costs and expected first passage costs (Sennott, Adv. Appl. Prob. 29, 1997; ZOR Math. Meth. Oper. Res. 45, 1997), and used it as the basis of the approximating sequence method for average-cost Markov decision chains (Sennott, 1999, Chapter 8). This mission covers Appendix C, Sections C.4–C.5 of the 1999 book, the Markov-chain results that the book's average-cost approximation theorems use.

Setting

A Markov chain with costs Γ\GammaΓ on a denumerable state space SSS has transition probabilities PijP_{ij}Pij​ with ∑jPij=1\sum_jP_{ij}=1∑j​Pij​=1 and a finite nonnegative cost C(i)C(i)C(i) at each state. For a set G⊆SG\subseteq SG⊆S and a start iii, TiG≥1T_{iG}\ge 1TiG​≥1 is the first passage time to GGG. The taboo probability GPik(t){}_GP^{(t)}_{ik}G​Pik(t)​ is the probability of moving from iii to kkk in ttt steps with no intermediate state in GGG. The expected visits Guik{}_Gu_{ik}G​uik​ count the visits to kkk at times 0≤t<TiG0\le t<T_{iG}0≤t<TiG​. The mean first passage time is miG=E[TiG]m_{iG}=E[T_{iG}]miG​=E[TiG​], infinite when GGG is missed with positive probability. The first passage cost is ciG=E[∑t<TiGC(Xt)]c_{iG}=E\big[\sum_{t<T_{iG}}C(X_t)\big]ciG​=E[∑t<TiG​​C(Xt​)]. A state iii is positive recurrent when mii<∞m_{ii}<\inftymii​<∞, and the steady state probability is πi=mii−1\pi_i=m_{ii}^{-1}πi​=mii−1​. On a positive recurrent class RRR the average cost is JR=∑j∈RπjC(j)J_R=\sum_{j\in R}\pi_jC(j)JR​=∑j∈R​πj​C(j). The chain is zzz standard when miz<∞m_{iz}<\inftymiz​<∞ and ciz<∞c_{iz}<\inftyciz​<∞ for every iii. Such a chain has one positive recurrent class R∋zR\ni zR∋z with JR<∞J_R<\inftyJR​<∞, and every other state is transient.

An approximating sequence (AS) (ΓN)N≥N0(\Gamma_N)_{N\ge N_0}(ΓN​)N≥N0​​ consists of increasing nonempty finite sets SNS_NSN​ with ⋃NSN=S\bigcup_NS_N=S⋃N​SN​=S and, for each NNN, a chain ΓN\Gamma_NΓN​ on SNS_NSN​ with the same costs and transition probabilities Pij(N)→PijP_{ij}(N)\to P_{ij}Pij​(N)→Pij​. The quantities of ΓN\Gamma_NΓN​ are written miG(N)m_{iG}(N)miG​(N), ciG(N)c_{iG}(N)ciG​(N), πi(N)\pi_i(N)πi​(N) and J(i)(N)J(i)(N)J(i)(N). An AS is conforming (for a zzz standard Γ\GammaΓ) if, for large NNN, ΓN\Gamma_NΓN​ is unichain with zzz in its positive recurrent class, and miz(N)→mizm_{iz}(N)\to m_{iz}miz​(N)→miz​ and ciz(N)→cizc_{iz}(N)\to c_{iz}ciz​(N)→ciz​ for all iii. It is conforming on RRR if πi(N)→πi\pi_i(N)\to\pi_iπi​(N)→πi​ and J(i)(N)→JRJ(i)(N)\to J_RJ(i)(N)→JR​ on RRR.

An augmentation type approximating sequence (ATAS) keeps the original probabilities inside SNS_NSN​ and redistributes the probability of each excluded target r∉SNr\notin S_Nr∈/SN​ according to an augmentation distribution q⋅(i,r,N)q_\cdot(i,r,N)q⋅​(i,r,N) on SNS_NSN​:

Pij(N)=Pij+∑r∈S−SNPir qj(i,r,N),j∈SN.P_{ij}(N)=P_{ij}+\sum_{r\in S-S_N}P_{ir}\,q_j(i,r,N),\qquad j\in S_N.Pij​(N)=Pij​+r∈S−SN​∑​Pir​qj​(i,r,N),j∈SN​.

It sends excess probability to GGG if every q⋅(i,r,N)q_\cdot(i,r,N)q⋅​(i,r,N) is concentrated on GGG.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition C.5.2

For a zzz standard chain Γ\GammaΓ and a finite nonempty G⊆SG\subseteq SG⊆S,

every ATAS that sends excess probability to G is conforming,\text{every ATAS that sends excess probability to } G \text{ is conforming},every ATAS that sends excess probability to G is conforming,

and if G⊆RG\subseteq RG⊆R it is also conforming on RRR. No rate of convergence and no constants are involved, and GGG need not contain zzz.

Milestones

  1. Proposition C.4.2: for fixed ttt, lim⁡NGPik(t)(N)=GPik(t)\lim_N{}_GP^{(t)}_{ik}(N)={}_GP^{(t)}_{ik}limN​G​Pik(t)​(N)=G​Pik(t)​; also lim inf⁡NGuik(N)≥Guik\liminf_N{}_Gu_{ik}(N)\ge{}_Gu_{ik}liminfN​G​uik​(N)≥G​uik​ and lim inf⁡NmiG(N)≥miG\liminf_Nm_{iG}(N)\ge m_{iG}liminfN​miG​(N)≥miG​.
  2. Proposition C.4.3: πi(N)→0\pi_i(N)\to0πi​(N)→0 off the positive recurrent states, and along subsequences πi(Ns)→bπi\pi_i(N_s)\to b\pi_iπi​(Ns​)→bπi​ on a class, with 0≤b≤10\le b\le10≤b≤1.
  3. Proposition C.4.5: lim inf⁡NciG(N)≥ciG\liminf_Nc_{iG}(N)\ge c_{iG}liminfN​ciG​(N)≥ciG​.
  4. Proposition C.4.6: on a positive recurrent class, convergence of π\piπ, of mzzm_{zz}mzz​ and of all miGm_{iG}miG​ are equivalent. Given these, convergence of J(i)J(i)J(i), of czzc_{zz}czz​ and of all ciGc_{iG}ciG​ are equivalent.
  5. Proposition C.4.9: conformity implies πi(N)→πi\pi_i(N)\to\pi_iπi​(N)→πi​ for all iii, and that the constant average costs J(N)J(N)J(N) of ΓN\Gamma_NΓN​ converge to JRJ_RJR​.

Further results

  1. Proposition C.5.3: an ATAS is conforming when, for N≥N∗N\ge N^*N≥N∗, the augmentation distributions satisfy ∑j≠zqj(i,r,N)mjz≤mrz\sum_{j\ne z}q_j(i,r,N)m_{jz}\le m_{rz}∑j=z​qj​(i,r,N)mjz​≤mrz​ and ∑j≠zqj(i,r,N)cjz≤crz\sum_{j\ne z}q_j(i,r,N)c_{jz}\le c_{rz}∑j=z​qj​(i,r,N)cjz​≤crz​.
  2. Corollary C.5.4: for a 000 standard chain on {0,1,2,… }\{0,1,2,\dots\}{0,1,2,…} with an upper Hessenberg transition matrix, truncated to SN={0,…,N}S_N=\{0,\dots,N\}SN​={0,…,N} with the excess sent to NNN, the ATAS is conforming.

Significance

The result. Conformity is the hypothesis under which the book's approximating sequence method works for average-cost queueing control (Chapter 8). The method computes optimal policies for finite truncations and passes to the limit. That argument needs the first passage times and costs to a distinguished state to converge along the chains induced by fixed policies. Propositions C.5.2 and C.5.3 turn this analytic requirement into conditions on the truncation scheme that can be checked in practice: send the overflow to a fixed finite set, or to states from which reaching zzz is no more expensive. Examples C.4.4 and C.4.7 of the book show that an arbitrary approximating sequence can fail. The limit of the steady state probabilities can be a strict multiple bπb\pibπ with b<1b<1b<1. First passage costs can converge to the wrong value even when the steady state probabilities converge.

Formalizing it. The results are proved in the book, some in abbreviated form ("the proof for the costs is similar and is omitted"). The Prove2Me library had no statement on truncation or augmentation of countable Markov chains when this mission was drafted (September 2026). A formalization supplies the omitted cost arguments, makes the passage between lim inf⁡\liminfliminf bounds and limits in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] explicit, and produces a reusable library of first passage quantities for countable chains.

Difficulty

The lower bounds of Propositions C.4.2 and C.4.5 are the routine part. The difficulty is the matching upper bound: in ΓN\Gamma_NΓN​, a first passage that leaves SNS_NSN​ is restarted elsewhere, which can lengthen it without bound. Taking limits termwise in the first passage equation miz(N)=1+∑j≠zPij(N)mjz(N)m_{iz}(N)=1+\sum_{j\ne z}P_{ij}(N)m_{jz}(N)miz​(N)=1+∑j=z​Pij​(N)mjz​(N) fails, because no dominating function is available and mass can escape to infinity. Example C.4.4 exhibits exactly this. Unichain structure is also not automatic: ΓN\Gamma_NΓN​ may have several recurrent classes, or a recurrent class not containing zzz, and ruling this out is part of the conclusion rather than an assumption.

Formalization scope

The Lean development works in SennottDP.ChainASM. A chain is a structure MC S with P : S → S → ℝ≥0∞, ∑' j, P i j = 1 and C : S → ℝ≥0. Theorems assume [Countable S] [Infinite S], matching the book's denumerable state space. Taboo probabilities, expected visits, miGm_{iG}miG​, ciGc_{iG}ciG​, πj=(mjj)−1\pi_j=(m_{jj})^{-1}πj​=(mjj​)−1 and JR=∑j∈RπjC(j)J_R=\sum_{j\in R}\pi_jC(j)JR​=∑j∈R​πj​C(j) are defined as sums in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]. miG=∑t≥0P(TiG>t)m_{iG}=\sum_{t\ge0}P(T_{iG}>t)miG​=∑t≥0​P(TiG​>t) is infinite whenever GGG is missed with positive probability. The average cost J(i)J(i)J(i) is the lim sup⁡\limsuplimsup of the Cesàro cost averages.

An AS is a structure carrying N0N_0N0​, the finite sets SNS_NSN​ (as Finset S) and Pij(N)P_{ij}(N)Pij​(N). ΓN\Gamma_NΓN​ is built as an MC on the subtype of SNS_NSN​, and a set GGG is read in ΓN\Gamma_NΓN​ as G∩SNG\cap S_NG∩SN​. Quantities of ΓN\Gamma_NΓN​ are lifted to functions of NNN and of states of SSS with the value 000 where they are undefined (N<N0N<N_0N<N0​ or a state outside SNS_NSN​). For fixed states this affects finitely many NNN, and all statements are limits, lim inf⁡\liminfliminfs or eventual equalities. All convergence is in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]. The conformity predicate includes the standing assumption that Γ\GammaΓ is zzz standard. The positive recurrent class RRR of a zzz standard chain is the communicating class of zzz.

A trivializing formalization is excluded: the AS of Example C.4.4, whose positive recurrent class {N}\{N\}{N} excludes z=0z=0z=0, is not conforming under these definitions. The ATAS predicate requires the augmentation distributions to be probability distributions and to reproduce Pij(N)P_{ij}(N)Pij​(N) exactly by (C.27).

A complete development needs first passage decompositions for countable chains, the renewal-reward identity JR=czz/mzzJ_R=c_{zz}/m_{zz}JR​=czz​/mzz​, and dominated and Fatou-type limit theorems for sums (the book's Appendix A). The first passage library and the lifted-quantity conventions can be reused by the average-cost approximation chapters. Contributions of intermediate lemmas are welcome, especially the finite-state unichain facts of Section C.3 and the identities of Propositions C.1.4 and C.2.2.

Proposition C.5.5 (lower Hessenberg chains, from Gibson and Seneta) is stated in the book without proof and without naming the distinguished state, and is not included.

Selected references

  • L. I. Sennott, Stochastic Dynamic Programming and the Control of Queueing Systems, Wiley, 1999, Appendix C, Sections C.4–C.5. https://doi.org/10.1002/9780470317037
  • L. I. Sennott, "The computation of average optimal policies in denumerable state Markov decision chains", Advances in Applied Probability 29 (1997) 114–137 (cited in the book as Sennott 1997a).
  • L. I. Sennott, "On computing average cost optimal policies with application to routing to parallel queues", ZOR Mathematical Methods of Operations Research 45 (1997) 45–62 (cited in the book as Sennott 1997b).
  • D. Gibson and E. Seneta, "Augmented truncations of infinite stochastic matrices", Journal of Applied Probability (1987).
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
ProbabilityStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

A Note on Metropolis–Hastings Kernels for General State Spaces III: The Maximal Kernel of a Mixture Proposal Dominates the Mixture of Maximal Kernels Off the DiagonalResearch Paper

Motivation

A Markov chain Monte Carlo sampler is often assembled from simpler parts. A practitioner who has several proposal mechanisms Q1,Q2,…Q_1, Q_2, \dotsQ1​,Q2​,… for a Metropolis–Hastings sampler can combine them in two ways. Either each QiQ_iQi​ drives its own Metropolis–Hastings kernel PiP_iPi​ and the sampler picks kernel PiP_iPi​ with probability βi\beta_iβi​ at each step, or the mixture Q=∑iβiQiQ = \sum_i \beta_i Q_iQ=∑i​βi​Qi​ is used as a single proposal inside one Metropolis–Hastings kernel. Both samplers leave the target π\piπ invariant, so the choice is about efficiency.

Section 4 of Tierney (1998) settles the comparison: when both samplers use the maximal acceptance probability, the second never does worse in terms of asymptotic variances of sample-path averages. The statement that carries this is Proposition 5, an ordering of kernels in Peskun's off-diagonal order; the variance comparison then follows from Theorem 4 of the same paper, the general-state-space extension of Peskun (1973).

Timeline. Peskun (1973) introduced off-diagonal domination for finite state spaces and showed that the Metropolis–Hastings acceptance probability is maximal in that order. A version of Proposition 5 for discrete chains appears in the appendix of Tierney (1991) and in the rejoinder of Besag, Green, Higdon and Mengersen (1995). Tierney (1998) states and proves it for general state spaces, using the measure-theoretic description of Metropolis–Hastings kernels from §2 of the same paper.

Setting

Let (E,E)(E, \mathcal E)(E,E) be a measurable space and π\piπ a probability measure on it, the target. A proposal kernel Q(x,dy)Q(x, dy)Q(x,dy) is a Markov kernel on EEE. Given a measurable acceptance probability α:E×E→[0,1]\alpha : E \times E \to [0,1]α:E×E→[0,1], the Metropolis–Hastings kernel is

P(x,dy)=Q(x,dy) α(x,y)+δx(dy)∫(1−α(x,u)) Q(x,du),P(x, dy) = Q(x, dy)\,\alpha(x, y) + \delta_x(dy) \int \bigl(1 - \alpha(x, u)\bigr)\, Q(x, du),P(x,dy)=Q(x,dy)α(x,y)+δx​(dy)∫(1−α(x,u))Q(x,du),

where δx\delta_xδx​ is the point mass at xxx (mhKernel Q α).

Put μ(dx,dy)=π(dx)Q(x,dy)\mu(dx, dy) = \pi(dx) Q(x, dy)μ(dx,dy)=π(dx)Q(x,dy) and μT(dx,dy)=μ(dy,dx)\mu^T(dx, dy) = \mu(dy, dx)μT(dx,dy)=μ(dy,dx). With ν=μ+μT\nu = \mu + \mu^Tν=μ+μT and h=dμ/dνh = d\mu/d\nuh=dμ/dν (canonDensity), let

R={(x,y):h(x,y)>0, h(y,x)>0},r(x,y)=h(x,y)/h(y,x) on R,r=1 on RcR = \{(x, y) : h(x, y) > 0,\ h(y, x) > 0\},\qquad r(x, y) = h(x, y)/h(y, x) \text{ on } R,\quad r = 1 \text{ on } R^cR={(x,y):h(x,y)>0, h(y,x)>0},r(x,y)=h(x,y)/h(y,x) on R,r=1 on Rc

(canonR, canonRatio). The set RRR is symmetric, μ\muμ and μT\mu^TμT are mutually absolutely continuous on RRR and mutually singular off it (Proposition 1 of the paper). The Metropolis–Hastings acceptance probability is

αMH(x,y)=min⁡{1,r(y,x)} if (x,y)∈R,αMH(x,y)=0 otherwise\alpha_{MH}(x, y) = \min\{1, r(y, x)\} \text{ if } (x, y) \in R, \qquad \alpha_{MH}(x, y) = 0 \text{ otherwise}αMH​(x,y)=min{1,r(y,x)} if (x,y)∈R,αMH​(x,y)=0 otherwise

(alphaMH π Q), and the kernel with α=αMH\alpha = \alpha_{MH}α=αMH​ is the maximal Metropolis–Hastings kernel for QQQ (maxMHKernel π Q).

For kernels P1,P2P_1, P_2P1​,P2​ on EEE, P1P_1P1​ dominates P2P_2P2​ off the diagonal, P1⪰P2P_1 \succeq P_2P1​⪰P2​ (OffDiagDominates π P₁ P₂), if for π\piπ-almost every xxx, P1(x,A∖{x})≥P2(x,A∖{x})P_1(x, A \setminus \{x\}) \ge P_2(x, A \setminus \{x\})P1​(x,A∖{x})≥P2​(x,A∖{x}) for all A∈EA \in \mathcal EA∈E. For a countable family of kernels KiK_iKi​ and weights βi≥0\beta_i \ge 0βi​≥0, the mixture ∑iβiKi\sum_i \beta_i K_i∑i​βi​Ki​ is the kernel x↦∑iβiKi(x,⋅)x \mapsto \sum_i \beta_i K_i(x, \cdot)x↦∑i​βi​Ki​(x,⋅) (mixKernel β K).

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 5

Let QiQ_iQi​ be a finite or countable family of proposal kernels and βi≥0\beta_i \ge 0βi​≥0 with ∑iβi=1\sum_i \beta_i = 1∑i​βi​=1. Let PiP_iPi​ be the maximal Metropolis–Hastings kernel for QiQ_iQi​ and PPP the maximal Metropolis–Hastings kernel for Q=∑iβiQiQ = \sum_i \beta_i Q_iQ=∑i​βi​Qi​. Then

P⪰∑iβiPi.P \succeq \sum_i \beta_i P_i .P⪰i∑​βi​Pi​.

Both sides use maximal kernels: PPP uses αMH\alpha_{MH}αMH​ of the mixture proposal, each PiP_iPi​ its own αMH(i)\alpha^{(i)}_{MH}αMH(i)​, and the same weights βi\beta_iβi​ form both mixtures.

Milestones

  1. The construction in the proof of Proposition 1 (p. 2) yields a set RRR and ratio rrr with the properties of Proposition 1 for μ=π⊗Q\mu = \pi \otimes Qμ=π⊗Q.
  2. αMH\alpha_{MH}αMH​ satisfies conditions (i) and (ii) of Theorem 2 (p. 3): αMH=0\alpha_{MH} = 0αMH​=0 μ\muμ-a.e. on RcR^cRc, and αMH(x,y)r(x,y)=αMH(y,x)\alpha_{MH}(x, y) r(x, y) = \alpha_{MH}(y, x)αMH​(x,y)r(x,y)=αMH​(y,x) μ\muμ-a.e. on RRR.
  3. The maximal kernel satisfies detailed balance, π(dx)P(x,dy)=π(dy)P(y,dx)\pi(dx) P(x, dy) = \pi(dy) P(y, dx)π(dx)P(x,dy)=π(dy)P(y,dx).
  4. For any symmetric σ\sigmaσ-finite ν\nuν dominating μ\muμ, with h=dμ/dνh = d\mu/d\nuh=dμ/dν:
π(dx)Q(x,dy) αMH(x,y)=min⁡{h(y,x),h(x,y)} ν(dx,dy).\pi(dx) Q(x, dy)\, \alpha_{MH}(x, y) = \min\{h(y, x), h(x, y)\}\, \nu(dx, dy).π(dx)Q(x,dy)αMH​(x,y)=min{h(y,x),h(x,y)}ν(dx,dy).
  1. As measures on E×EE \times EE×E:
π(dx)Q(x,dy) αMH(x,y)≥∑iβi π(dx)Qi(x,dy) αMH(i)(x,y).\pi(dx) Q(x, dy)\, \alpha_{MH}(x, y) \ge \sum_i \beta_i\, \pi(dx) Q_i(x, dy)\, \alpha^{(i)}_{MH}(x, y).π(dx)Q(x,dy)αMH​(x,y)≥i∑​βi​π(dx)Qi​(x,dy)αMH(i)​(x,y).

A companion item states the maximality of αMH\alpha_{MH}αMH​ (§3, p. 7): every measurable acceptance probability α\alphaα whose kernel is reversible satisfies α≤αMH\alpha \le \alpha_{MH}α≤αMH​ μ\muμ-a.e., so the maximal kernel dominates every reversible Metropolis–Hastings kernel with the same proposal.

Significance

The result. Proposition 5, combined with Theorem 4 of the paper (off-diagonal domination orders asymptotic variances of reversible kernels), shows that for every function fff with finite variance the asymptotic variance of 1n∑kf(Xk)\frac1n \sum_{k} f(X_k)n1​∑k​f(Xk​) under the mixture-proposal sampler is at most that under the mixture of samplers. Per-iteration cost can be higher for the mixture proposal, since αMH\alpha_{MH}αMH​ then needs the densities of all components; Proposition 5 isolates the statistical side of that trade-off. The maximality companion states the fact behind the name "maximal kernel": αMH\alpha_{MH}αMH​ is the largest acceptance probability that keeps a Metropolis–Hastings kernel reversible.

Formalizing it. The paper's proof is a computation of about six lines with Radon–Nikodym densities. A formal version must make explicit what the computation leaves implicit: that αMH\alpha_{MH}αMH​, defined from one dominating measure, has the same density form for every symmetric dominating measure; that the measure inequality on E×EE \times EE×E passes to the kernel-level statement with one null set for all AAA; and that the mixture proposal and the mixture of kernels are handled as countable sums of kernels. As of September 2026 neither Mathlib nor this platform has a machine-checked version of Proposition 5, of the maximality of αMH\alpha_{MH}αMH​, or of reversibility of the Metropolis–Hastings kernel on a general state space; only finite-state Metropolis chains have been formalized on the platform.

Difficulty

The obvious argument works pointwise with densities: write every kernel as a density against a common reference measure and compare min⁡{⋅,⋅}\min\{\cdot, \cdot\}min{⋅,⋅} of sums with sums of minima. On a general state space there is no common reference measure given in advance, and αMH\alpha_{MH}αMH​ is only defined up to μ\muμ-null sets, through a Radon–Nikodym derivative with respect to μ+μT\mu + \mu^Tμ+μT, a measure that differs for QQQ and for each QiQ_iQi​. The step that needs care is relating these different versions: the densities hih_ihi​ of the μi\mu_iμi​ against a common symmetric ν\nuν, the density of μ=∑iβiμi\mu = \sum_i \beta_i \mu_iμ=∑i​βi​μi​, and the transpose densities h(y,x)h(y, x)h(y,x), which are densities of μT\mu^TμT only because ν\nuν is symmetric.

The second difficulty is the passage from measures to kernels. The inequality between measures on E×EE \times EE×E gives, for each fixed AAA, the kernel inequality for π\piπ-almost every xxx, with a null set that depends on AAA. The order ⪰\succeq⪰ requires one null set for all AAA, and the diagonal must be removed, which needs the diagonal to be measurable.

Formalization scope

The formalization is in Lean 4 with Mathlib, in the namespace TierneyMH.Mixture. The state space is a type E with a σ-algebra; π is a probability measure; proposal kernels are Markov kernels Kernel E E. Acceptance probabilities and densities take values in [0,∞][0, \infty][0,∞] (ℝ≥0∞); a general α\alphaα is assumed measurable with α≤1\alpha \le 1α≤1. μ\muμ is π ⊗ₘ Q, μT\mu^TμT its image under Prod.swap, detailed balance is Kernel.IsReversible. Mixtures are indexed by a countable type ("a sequence", which includes finite families), with weights in ℝ≥0 and HasSum β 1.

Added hypotheses, both labelled in the statements: singletons are measurable (implicit in the paper's A∖{x}A \setminus \{x\}A∖{x} and δx\delta_xδx​), on the goal and the maximality companion; and, on the goal only, the σ-algebra of EEE is countably generated. The second is an addition to the paper: it is what makes the exceptional null set in ⪰\succeq⪰ uniform over AAA in the passage from the measure inequality to the kernels. It is not assumed in the measure-level milestones.

αMH\alpha_{MH}αMH​ is one fixed version, built from Mathlib's rnDeriv exactly as in the proof of Proposition 1 (with ν=μ+μT\nu = \mu + \mu^Tν=μ+μT, not an arbitrary dominating measure), and all statements are insensitive to the version. The ratio rrr is set to 1 on the null subset of RRR where hhh is infinite, so that 0<r<∞0 < r < \infty0<r<∞ and r(x,y)=1/r(y,x)r(x, y) = 1/r(y, x)r(x,y)=1/r(y,x) hold everywhere, as Proposition 1 asks.

Trivializations ruled out: αMH\alpha_{MH}αMH​ is the indicator of RRR times min⁡{1,r(y,x)}\min\{1, r(y, x)\}min{1,r(y,x)}, never an arbitrary acceptance function or a single α\alphaα shared by all components; ⪰\succeq⪰ compares A∖{x}A \setminus \{x\}A∖{x}, not AAA (on AAA the rejection masses differ and the comparison is false); and the conclusion is about the Metropolis–Hastings kernels themselves, not about the measure identity alone. All hypotheses are satisfiable, for instance on EEE = Bool with π\piπ uniform, two proposals Q1=πQ_1 = \piQ1​=π and Q2=δxQ_2 = \delta_xQ2​=δx​ and weights (1/2,1/2)(1/2, 1/2)(1/2,1/2).

Needed infrastructure, reusable for other Metropolis–Hastings results: Radon–Nikodym calculus for product measures and their transposes, countable sums of kernels, and a monotone-class argument over a countable generating family. The Metropolis–Hastings kernel, RRR, rrr and off-diagonal domination are defined identically in the companion missions I (detailed balance, Theorem 2) and II (Peskun ordering, Theorem 4) of this series. Proofs of milestones in any order, and proofs of the goal from the milestones, are welcome.

Selected references

  • L. Tierney, A Note on Metropolis–Hastings Kernels for General State Spaces, The Annals of Applied Probability 8(1), 1998, 1–9. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoap/1027961031
  • P. H. Peskun, Optimum Monte Carlo sampling using Markov chains, Biometrika 60(3), 1973, 607–612. https://doi.org/10.1093/biomet/60.3.607
  • J. Besag, P. Green, D. Higdon, K. Mengersen, Bayesian computation and stochastic systems (with discussion), Statistical Science 10(1), 1995, 3–66. https://doi.org/10.1214/ss/1177010123
  • W. K. Hastings, Monte Carlo sampling methods using Markov chains and their applications, Biometrika 57(1), 1970, 97–109. https://doi.org/10.1093/biomet/57.1.97
  • N. Metropolis, A. W. Rosenbluth, M. N. Rosenbluth, A. H. Teller, E. Teller, Equations of state calculations by fast computing machines, J. Chemical Physics 21, 1953, 1087–1091. https://doi.org/10.1063/1.1699114
16 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Functional AnalysisProbabilityStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

A Note on Metropolis–Hastings Kernels for General State Spaces II: Off-Diagonal Domination Orders the Asymptotic Variances of Reversible Kernels (Peskun's Theorem)Research Paper

Motivation

Markov chain Monte Carlo (MCMC) estimates an expectation ∫f dπ\int f\,d\pi∫fdπ by the average of fff along a Markov chain whose invariant distribution is π\piπ. Many chains share the same π\piπ: every Metropolis–Hastings acceptance rule that satisfies detailed balance, every mixture of such kernels, every choice of proposal. Practitioners need a criterion for preferring one of them. The standard yardstick is the asymptotic variance of the ergodic average, the constant in the Markov chain central limit theorem. A smaller asymptotic variance means fewer iterations for the same Monte Carlo error.

Peskun (1973) compared chains on a finite state space through a partial order on transition matrices: if one reversible matrix moves off the diagonal at least as much as another, entry by entry, its asymptotic variances are no larger, for every function. That result justifies the Metropolis–Hastings acceptance probability as the best possible among reversible acceptance rules. It covers only finite state spaces, while MCMC is used almost exclusively on continuous or mixed ones.

Tierney (1998) extended Peskun's theorem to general state spaces, using the spectral approach of Kipnis and Varadhan (1986) for reversible chains. The theorem is the one usually cited when an MCMC paper argues that one sampler dominates another; Mira (2001) surveys orderings built on it.

Setting

Let (E,E)(E, \mathcal E)(E,E) be a measurable space in which singletons are measurable, and let π\piπ be a probability measure on EEE. A Markov kernel HHH assigns to each x∈Ex \in Ex∈E a probability measure H(x,⋅)H(x, \cdot)H(x,⋅), measurably in xxx. It acts on functions by (Hf)(x)=∫f(y) H(x,dy)(Hf)(x) = \int f(y)\,H(x,dy)(Hf)(x)=∫f(y)H(x,dy). The measure π\piπ is invariant for HHH if ∫H(x,A) π(dx)=π(A)\int H(x, A)\,\pi(dx) = \pi(A)∫H(x,A)π(dx)=π(A) for every A∈EA \in \mathcal EA∈E. The kernel HHH is reversible with respect to π\piπ (satisfies detailed balance) if

π(dx) H(x,dy)=π(dy) H(y,dx),\pi(dx)\,H(x,dy) = \pi(dy)\,H(y,dx),π(dx)H(x,dy)=π(dy)H(y,dx),

that is, ∫AH(x,B) π(dx)=∫BH(x,A) π(dx)\int_A H(x,B)\,\pi(dx) = \int_B H(x,A)\,\pi(dx)∫A​H(x,B)π(dx)=∫B​H(x,A)π(dx) for all A,B∈EA, B \in \mathcal EA,B∈E. Reversibility implies invariance.

Write ⟨f,g⟩=∫fg dπ\langle f, g\rangle = \int fg\,d\pi⟨f,g⟩=∫fgdπ, L2(π)L^2(\pi)L2(π) for the square-integrable functions and L02(π)={g∈L2(π):∫g dπ=0}L^2_0(\pi) = \{g \in L^2(\pi) : \int g\,d\pi = 0\}L02​(π)={g∈L2(π):∫gdπ=0}.

Off-diagonal domination. For kernels P1,P2P_1, P_2P1​,P2​, P1⪰P2P_1 \succeq P_2P1​⪰P2​ (OffDiagDominates π P₁ P₂) if for π\piπ-almost every xxx,

P1(x,A∖{x})≥P2(x,A∖{x})for all A∈E.P_1(x, A\setminus\{x\}) \ge P_2(x, A \setminus\{x\}) \quad\text{for all } A \in \mathcal E.P1​(x,A∖{x})≥P2​(x,A∖{x})for all A∈E.

So from almost every state P1P_1P1​ moves to every region at least as readily as P2P_2P2​, and the kernels differ only in the probability of staying put.

The chain and its asymptotic variance. For a Markov kernel HHH, let X0,X1,…X_0, X_1, \dotsX0​,X1​,… be the Markov chain with initial distribution π\piπ and transition kernel HHH (chainMeasure π H, a measure on paths N→E\mathbb N \to EN→E). For f∈L02(π)f \in L^2_0(\pi)f∈L02​(π) put Sn=∑i=1nf(Xi)S_n = \sum_{i=1}^n f(X_i)Sn​=∑i=1n​f(Xi​) (pathSum f n) and

v(f,H)=lim⁡n→∞1nVar⁡H(Sn)∈[0,∞].v(f, H) = \lim_{n \to \infty} \frac1n \operatorname{Var}_H(S_n) \in [0, \infty].v(f,H)=n→∞lim​n1​VarH​(Sn​)∈[0,∞].

The lag inner products are ⟨f,Hkf⟩=∫f(x)∫f(y) Hk(x,dy) π(dx)\langle f, H^k f\rangle = \int f(x) \int f(y)\,H^k(x,dy)\,\pi(dx)⟨f,Hkf⟩=∫f(x)∫f(y)Hk(x,dy)π(dx) (lagInner π H f k), and for 0≤λ<10 \le \lambda < 10≤λ<1 the regularized variance is vλ(f,H)=⟨f,f⟩+2∑k≥1λk⟨f,Hkf⟩v_\lambda(f,H) = \langle f,f\rangle + 2 \sum_{k\ge1} \lambda^k \langle f, H^k f\ranglevλ​(f,H)=⟨f,f⟩+2∑k≥1​λk⟨f,Hkf⟩ (vLam π H f lam).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4 (p. 5)

Let P1,P2P_1, P_2P1​,P2​ be Markov kernels reversible with respect to π\piπ, f∈L02(π)f \in L^2_0(\pi)f∈L02​(π), and P1⪰P2P_1 \succeq P_2P1​⪰P2​. Then both asymptotic variances exist in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] and

v(f,P1)≤v(f,P2).v(f, P_1) \le v(f, P_2).v(f,P1​)≤v(f,P2​).

No rate, constant or regularity of the kernels is fixed. The statement is the ordering itself, valid for every reversible pair and every f∈L02(π)f \in L^2_0(\pi)f∈L02​(π).

Milestones, in attack order

  1. Lemma 3 (p. 5): if P1,P2P_1, P_2P1​,P2​ have invariant distribution π\piπ and P1⪰P2P_1 \succeq P_2P1​⪰P2​, then P2−P1P_2 - P_1P2​−P1​ is a positive operator on L2(π)L^2(\pi)L2(π):
∬f(x)f(y) (P2(x,dy)−P1(x,dy)) π(dx)≥0(f∈L2(π)).\iint f(x)f(y)\,\bigl(P_2(x,dy) - P_1(x,dy)\bigr)\,\pi(dx) \ge 0 \qquad (f \in L^2(\pi)).∬f(x)f(y)(P2​(x,dy)−P1​(x,dy))π(dx)≥0(f∈L2(π)).
  1. A reversible kernel is a self-adjoint contraction on L02(π)L^2_0(\pi)L02​(π) (p. 5): ⟨Hf,g⟩=⟨f,Hg⟩\langle Hf, g\rangle = \langle f, Hg\rangle⟨Hf,g⟩=⟨f,Hg⟩ and ∥Hf∥≤∥f∥\|Hf\| \le \|f\|∥Hf∥≤∥f∥.
  2. Finite-nnn variance identity (p. 5), for n≥1n \ge 1n≥1:
1nVar⁡H(Sn)=⟨f,f⟩+2∑i=1nn−in ⟨f,Hif⟩.\frac1n \operatorname{Var}_H(S_n) = \langle f,f\rangle + 2\sum_{i=1}^n \frac{n-i}{n}\,\langle f, H^i f\rangle.n1​VarH​(Sn​)=⟨f,f⟩+2i=1∑n​nn−i​⟨f,Hif⟩.
  1. Existence of v(f,H)v(f,H)v(f,H) in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] (p. 6).
  2. vλ(f,H)→v(f,H)v_\lambda(f,H) \to v(f,H)vλ​(f,H)→v(f,H) as λ↑1\lambda \uparrow 1λ↑1, finite or infinite (p. 6).
  3. vλ(f,P1)≤vλ(f,P2)v_\lambda(f,P_1) \le v_\lambda(f,P_2)vλ​(f,P1​)≤vλ​(f,P2​) for 0≤λ<10 \le \lambda < 10≤λ<1 when P1⪰P2P_1 \succeq P_2P1​⪰P2​ (p. 6).

Significance

The result. Theorem 4 turns a pointwise, one-step comparison of kernels, which is easy to check, into a comparison of the quantity that governs Monte Carlo error. Its main consequence, drawn in §3 of the paper, is that the Metropolis–Hastings acceptance probability αMH(x,y)=min⁡{1,r(y,x)}\alpha_{MH}(x,y) = \min\{1, r(y,x)\}αMH​(x,y)=min{1,r(y,x)} gives the maximal kernel in the off-diagonal order among reversible Metropolis–Hastings kernels with a given proposal. It is therefore optimal in asymptotic variance, on arbitrary state spaces. Proposition 5 of the same paper (a separate mission in this series) combines with it to show that a single Metropolis–Hastings kernel built on a mixture proposal beats the mixture of the component kernels. Later orderings of samplers (Mira 2001; Andrieu and Livingstone 2021) take this theorem as their base case.

Formalizing it. The theorem has been proved since 1998. No machine-checked version exists for general state spaces, and none of its milestones is on the platform. The formalization produces reusable infrastructure: the asymptotic variance of a stationary chain as an extended-real limit on Mathlib's Ionescu–Tulcea path measure, the L2L^2L2 facts for reversible kernels (self-adjointness, contraction, the covariance formula for path sums), and the positivity of P2−P1P_2 - P_1P2​−P1​ under off-diagonal domination. Each of these is used again in any formal treatment of MCMC efficiency or the Markov chain central limit theorem.

Difficulty

The direct approach compares the two finite-nnn variances. This fails, and not just technically: the paper exhibits two doubly stochastic, symmetric 4×44\times44×4 matrices with P1⪰P2P_1 \succeq P_2P1​⪰P2​ for which the variance of f(X0)+f(X1)+f(X2)f(X_0)+f(X_1)+f(X_2)f(X0​)+f(X1​)+f(X2​) is 15.4 under P1P_1P1​ and 14.8 under P2P_2P2​ (p. 7). Off-diagonal domination orders the lag-one covariances, but higher-order correlations "need not be ordered" (p. 5). The ordering appears only in the limit, and only for reversible kernels. The comparison must pass through an object that sees all lags at once and is monotone along the segment P1+β(P2−P1)P_1 + \beta(P_2 - P_1)P1​+β(P2​−P1​), and that object involves resolvents of operators on L02(π)L^2_0(\pi)L02​(π). The limit may be infinite, so every comparison must be made in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]. Mathlib has neither the spectral measure of a self-adjoint operator nor the Kipnis–Varadhan theory.

Formalization scope

The state space is {E : Type*} [MeasurableSpace E] with [MeasurableSingletonClass E] wherever off-diagonal domination appears. This is an assumption the paper leaves implicit: A∖{x}A \setminus \{x\}A∖{x} must be an event. π\piπ is a probability measure and all kernels are Markov kernels. Reversibility is Mathlib's Kernel.IsReversible, invariance is Kernel.Invariant. The function fff is measurable with MemLp f 2 π and, for L02L^2_0L02​, ∫ f ∂π = 0; measurability picks a representative of the L2L^2L2 class and costs nothing. The chain is Kernel.trajMeasure started from π\piπ. The sum runs over X1,…,XnX_1,\dots,X_nX1​,…,Xn​, not X0X_0X0​. Variances are Mathlib's evariance in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], and v(f,H)v(f,H)v(f,H) is a Tendsto limit in ℝ≥0∞, so an infinite asymptotic variance is represented. The goal asserts the existence of both limits rather than assuming it, so it cannot hold vacuously. Neither it nor any milestone specializes to finite EEE, to Metropolis–Hastings kernels, or to a chain started from a point. Lemma 3 assumes invariance only, and the theorem requires reversibility, as printed.

Two statements depart in form from the page. The finite-nnn variance identity and vλv_\lambdavλ​ are written through the moments ⟨f,Hkf⟩\langle f, H^k f\rangle⟨f,Hkf⟩ (a Neumann series) instead of through the spectral measure ef,He_{f,H}ef,H​ and the resolvent (I−λH)−1(I-\lambda H)^{-1}(I−λH)−1. The two forms agree for a self-adjoint contraction, and this is noted in each item. The paper's appeal to the spectral theorem and to Kipnis and Varadhan (1986) is not restated as an item: a complete development needs it, or an equivalent argument, as part of the proof. Proofs of any milestone, and reusable lemmas on the path measure (stationarity and the marginal laws of (Xi,Xj)(X_i, X_j)(Xi​,Xj​)), are welcome.

Selected references

  • L. Tierney, A Note on Metropolis–Hastings Kernels for General State Spaces, Ann. Appl. Probab. 8(1), 1–9, 1998. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoap/1027961031
  • P. H. Peskun, Optimum Monte-Carlo sampling using Markov chains, Biometrika 60(3), 607–612, 1973. https://doi.org/10.1093/biomet/60.3.607
  • C. Kipnis and S. R. S. Varadhan, Central limit theorem for additive functionals of reversible Markov processes and applications to simple exclusions, Comm. Math. Phys. 104, 1–19, 1986. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01210789
  • A. Mira, Ordering and improving the performance of Monte Carlo Markov chains, Statist. Sci. 16(4), 340–350, 2001. https://doi.org/10.1214/ss/1015346318
  • C. Andrieu and S. Livingstone, Peskun–Tierney ordering for Markovian Monte Carlo: beyond the reversible scenario, Ann. Statist. 49(4), 1958–1981, 2021. https://doi.org/10.1214/20-AOS2008
11 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
ProbabilityStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

A Note on Metropolis–Hastings Kernels for General State Spaces I: Necessary and Sufficient Conditions for a Metropolis–Hastings Kernel to Satisfy Detailed BalanceResearch Paper

Motivation

The Metropolis–Hastings algorithm (Metropolis et al. 1953; Hastings 1970) is the basic construction of Markov chain Monte Carlo. It turns a target probability distribution π\piπ, known only up to a constant, into a Markov chain that has π\piπ as its invariant distribution. Bayesian computation depends on it, and a sampler is usually designed by proving one property: reversibility, or detailed balance, with respect to π\piπ.

For discrete state spaces, or when every measure involved has a density with respect to a common reference measure, the condition on the acceptance probability is the familiar π(x)q(x,y)α(x,y)=π(y)q(y,x)α(y,x)\pi(x)q(x,y)\alpha(x,y)=\pi(y)q(y,x)\alpha(y,x)π(x)q(x,y)α(x,y)=π(y)q(y,x)α(y,x). Samplers used in practice often do not fit this setting: deterministic involutive proposals, mixtures of proposals with different supports, and Green's dimension-changing moves for model selection (Green 1995) have no common density. Each of these was treated separately in the literature. Tierney (1998) gives one necessary and sufficient condition that covers all of them, on an arbitrary measurable state space. This mission formalizes that condition.

Setting

Let (E,E)(E,\mathcal E)(E,E) be a measurable space, with no topological or countability assumption. Let π\piπ be a probability measure on EEE, the target. Let Q(x,dy)Q(x,dy)Q(x,dy) be a Markov transition kernel on EEE, the proposal, and let α:E×E→[0,1]\alpha:E\times E\to[0,1]α:E×E→[0,1] be a measurable function, the acceptance probability. From the current state xxx, a candidate yyy is drawn from Q(x,⋅)Q(x,\cdot)Q(x,⋅) and accepted with probability α(x,y)\alpha(x,y)α(x,y); otherwise the chain stays at xxx. The resulting Metropolis–Hastings kernel (mhKernel Q α) is

P(x,dy)=Q(x,dy) α(x,y)+δx(dy)∫(1−α(x,u)) Q(x,du).(1)P(x,dy)=Q(x,dy)\,\alpha(x,y)+\delta_x(dy)\int\bigl(1-\alpha(x,u)\bigr)\,Q(x,du).\tag{1}P(x,dy)=Q(x,dy)α(x,y)+δx​(dy)∫(1−α(x,u))Q(x,du).(1)

A kernel PPP satisfies detailed balance with respect to π\piπ if the two measures π(dx)P(x,dy)\pi(dx)P(x,dy)π(dx)P(x,dy) and π(dy)P(y,dx)\pi(dy)P(y,dx)π(dy)P(y,dx) on E⊗E\mathcal E\otimes\mathcal EE⊗E are equal (Eq. (2)). Equivalently, ∫AP(x,B) π(dx)=∫BP(x,A) π(dx)\int_A P(x,B)\,\pi(dx)=\int_B P(x,A)\,\pi(dx)∫A​P(x,B)π(dx)=∫B​P(x,A)π(dx) for all measurable A,BA,BA,B, which is Mathlib's Kernel.IsReversible P π.

Put μ(dx,dy)=π(dx)Q(x,dy)\mu(dx,dy)=\pi(dx)Q(x,dy)μ(dx,dy)=π(dx)Q(x,dy) (π ⊗ₘ Q), and let μT(dx,dy)=μ(dy,dx)\mu^T(dx,dy)=\mu(dy,dx)μT(dx,dy)=μ(dy,dx) be its image under the swap (x,y)↦(y,x)(x,y)\mapsto(y,x)(x,y)↦(y,x). A symmetric split (IsSymmetricSplit) is a measurable set R⊆E×ER\subseteq E\times ER⊆E×E with (x,y)∈R  ⟺  (y,x)∈R(x,y)\in R\iff(y,x)\in R(x,y)∈R⟺(y,x)∈R, such that μ\muμ and μT\mu^TμT are mutually absolutely continuous on RRR and mutually singular on its complement RcR^cRc. Informally, RRR consists of the pairs between which the proposal can move in both directions. A ratio version (IsRatioVersion) is a measurable r:E×E→(0,∞)r:E\times E\to(0,\infty)r:E×E→(0,∞) that is a density of μR\mu_RμR​ (the restriction of μ\muμ to RRR) with respect to μRT\mu^T_RμRT​, and satisfies r(x,y)=1/r(y,x)r(x,y)=1/r(y,x)r(x,y)=1/r(y,x) at every point.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2 (p. 3)

For every π\piπ, QQQ, α\alphaα as above and every symmetric split RRR and ratio version rrr for μ=π⊗Q\mu=\pi\otimes Qμ=π⊗Q:

P satisfies detailed balance w.r.t. π  ⟺  {(i)  α=0μ-a.e. on Rc,(ii) α(x,y) r(x,y)=α(y,x)μ-a.e. on R.P\ \text{satisfies detailed balance w.r.t. }\pi\iff \begin{cases}\text{(i)}\ \ \alpha=0\quad\mu\text{-a.e. on }R^c,\\[2pt] \text{(ii)}\ \alpha(x,y)\,r(x,y)=\alpha(y,x)\quad\mu\text{-a.e. on }R.\end{cases}P satisfies detailed balance w.r.t. π⟺{(i)  α=0μ-a.e. on Rc,(ii) α(x,y)r(x,y)=α(y,x)μ-a.e. on R.​

The paper phrases the left side as condition (4), μ(dx,dy)α(x,y)=μT(dx,dy)α(y,x)\mu(dx,dy)\alpha(x,y)=\mu^T(dx,dy)\alpha(y,x)μ(dx,dy)α(x,y)=μT(dx,dy)α(y,x), which its text identifies with (2) for the kernel (1). The goal states it for the kernel itself.

Milestones

  1. Proposition 1 (p. 2). For every σ\sigmaσ-finite measure μ\muμ on E×EE\times EE×E: a symmetric split RRR exists; any two symmetric splits differ by a set null for both μ\muμ and μT\mu^TμT; and every symmetric split admits a ratio version.
  2. §2, Eqs. (2)–(3) (p. 2). The kernel (1) satisfies (2) if and only if
π(dx)Q(x,dy)α(x,y)=π(dy)Q(y,dx)α(y,x),(3)\pi(dx)Q(x,dy)\alpha(x,y)=\pi(dy)Q(y,dx)\alpha(y,x),\tag{3}π(dx)Q(x,dy)α(x,y)=π(dy)Q(y,dx)α(y,x),(3)

that is, the rejection mass on the diagonal does not affect reversibility.

Companion item

§2, special case 1 (pp. 3–4). If π(dx)=π(x)ν(dx)\pi(dx)=\pi(x)\nu(dx)π(dx)=π(x)ν(dx) and Q(x,dy)=q(x,y)ν(dy)Q(x,dy)=q(x,y)\nu(dy)Q(x,dy)=q(x,y)ν(dy) for a σ\sigmaσ-finite ν\nuν, then R={π(x)q(x,y)>0, π(y)q(y,x)>0}R=\{\pi(x)q(x,y)>0,\ \pi(y)q(y,x)>0\}R={π(x)q(x,y)>0, π(y)q(y,x)>0} is a symmetric split, r=π(x)q(x,y)/(π(y)q(y,x))r=\pi(x)q(x,y)/(\pi(y)q(y,x))r=π(x)q(x,y)/(π(y)q(y,x)) is a density of μR\mu_RμR​ with respect to μRT\mu^T_RμRT​, and detailed balance is equivalent to the two conditions holding ν×ν\nu\times\nuν×ν-almost everywhere.

Significance

Theorem 2 lets reversibility be checked in the same way for every Metropolis–Hastings variant: compute RRR and rrr for the proposal, then verify (i) and (ii). The paper derives from it the reversibility of the standard acceptance probability αMH=min⁡{1,r(y,x)}\alpha_{MH}=\min\{1,r(y,x)\}αMH​=min{1,r(y,x)} on RRR (and 000 off RRR), and the three special cases of §2 are instances. Together with Mathlib's Kernel.IsReversible.invariant, it yields that π\piπ is invariant for the sampler. This is the correctness statement of every MCMC method built on the Metropolis–Hastings kernel. Missions II and III of this series (Peskun ordering; mixture proposals) take reversible Metropolis–Hastings kernels as their objects.

The result is proved in the paper. The mission adds a machine-checked proof at the paper's full generality: no densities, no dominating measure, no countability of E\mathcal EE. The platform currently has only finite-state statements (MarkovMixing.metropolis_stationary, a sufficiency direction on a Fintype state space with a matrix proposal), so neither the general kernel nor the converse direction is formalized there.

Difficulty

The obvious argument works with densities: write both sides of (3) as densities with respect to one reference measure and compare them pointwise. On a general space no such reference is given for μ\muμ and μT\mu^TμT together, and even μ+μT\mu+\mu^Tμ+μT yields densities only up to null sets. Pointwise comparison of densities is therefore not available, and the statement mixes three kinds of almost-everywhere claim (μ\muμ-a.e., μT\mu^TμT-a.e., and a.e. for the restrictions to RRR and RcR^cRc). The Lean statement also has to hold for every version of RRR and rrr, not one convenient choice. Milestone 2 has its own content: the diagonal part of PPP is a measure concentrated on the diagonal, which need not be a measurable set, and its symmetry has to be shown without that measurability.

Formalization scope

  • Space. {E : Type*} [MeasurableSpace E] with nothing else: no measurable singletons, no topology, no countable generation. π : Measure E with [IsProbabilityMeasure π] and Q : Kernel E E with [IsMarkovKernel Q].
  • Acceptance probability. α : E × E → ℝ≥0∞ with the hypotheses Measurable α and ∀ p, α p ≤ 1, which is the paper's measurable α:E×E→[0,1]\alpha:E\times E\to[0,1]α:E×E→[0,1]. The kernel is Q.withDensity (fun x y => α (x, y)) + Kernel.withDensity Kernel.id (fun x _ => ∫⁻ u, (1 - α (x, u)) ∂(Q x)). The measurability hypothesis rules out the junk zero kernel that Kernel.withDensity returns for a non-measurable density.
  • Detailed balance is Kernel.IsReversible. It agrees with the measure identity (2) because rectangles determine a finite measure on E⊗E\mathcal E\otimes\mathcal EE⊗E.
  • (i) and (ii) are almost-everywhere statements for the restrictions of μ\muμ to RcR^cRc and to RRR respectively; neither is required pointwise. Condition (ii) off RRR would be false in general.
  • RRR and rrr are universally quantified in the goal. A formalization that fixes one specific Radon–Nikodym derivative, or drops the everywhere conditions 0<r<∞0<r<\infty0<r<∞, r(x,y)=1/r(y,x)r(x,y)=1/r(y,x)r(x,y)=1/r(y,x), proves a different statement. Proposition 1's existence clause shows that the goal's hypotheses can be met, so the goal is not vacuous. A sorry-free check in the workspace confirms this for Q=πQ=\piQ=π with R=E×ER=E\times ER=E×E, r≡1r\equiv1r≡1.
  • Added hypothesis. The companion item assumes ν\nuν is σ\sigmaσ-finite, which the paper leaves implicit in "ν×ν\nu\times\nuν×ν-almost all".
  • Infrastructure. The definitions IsSymmetricSplit and IsRatioVersion (a symmetric Lebesgue-type decomposition of a measure against its transpose) are reusable for any reversibility argument on product spaces. Lemmas on Measure.map Prod.swap of compProd and withDensity, and on the symmetry of measures carried by the diagonal, are also welcome contributions.

Selected references

  • L. Tierney, A Note on Metropolis–Hastings Kernels for General State Spaces, Ann. Appl. Probab. 8(1) (1998) 1–9. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoap/1027961031
  • N. Metropolis, A. W. Rosenbluth, M. N. Rosenbluth, A. H. Teller, E. Teller, Equation of State Calculations by Fast Computing Machines, J. Chem. Phys. 21 (1953) 1087–1092. https://doi.org/10.1063/1.1699114
  • W. K. Hastings, Monte Carlo Sampling Methods Using Markov Chains and Their Applications, Biometrika 57 (1970) 97–109. https://doi.org/10.1093/biomet/57.1.97
  • L. Tierney, Markov Chains for Exploring Posterior Distributions, Ann. Statist. 22 (1994) 1701–1762. https://doi.org/10.1214/aos/1176325750
  • P. J. Green, Reversible Jump Markov Chain Monte Carlo Computation and Bayesian Model Determination, Biometrika 82 (1995) 711–732. https://doi.org/10.1093/biomet/82.4.711
6 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Dynamic ProgrammingOperations ResearchStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Markov-Renewal Programming. II: Infinite Return Models, Example II: Gain and Bias of the Infinite-Step ReturnResearch Paper

Motivation

A Markov-renewal program is a sequential decision model in which a system moves among finitely many states, the time between transitions is random and may depend on both the current and the next state, and a reward accrues during each sojourn. It generalizes the Markov decision process, where every transition takes one time unit, and is the standard model for maintenance, inventory and queueing control problems in which decisions are made at irregular epochs. W. S. Jewell introduced the model in two companion papers in Operations Research in 1963 (Part I, Part II).

Part II studies returns over an unbounded planning horizon. When the horizon is measured in number of transitions and rewards are not discounted, the expected return of a stationary policy grows linearly, and the paper's policy-improvement algorithm for this model rests on the precise form of that growth: a rate, the gain, and a state-dependent offset, the bias. Appendix A of Part II derives this asymptotic form from the Kemeny–Snell theory of finite Markov chains. This mission formalizes that derivation.

The result is the transition-counting counterpart of Howard's gain–bias analysis for Markov decision processes (R. A. Howard, Dynamic Programming and Markov Processes, MIT Press, 1960), and the fundamental matrix it uses is that of J. G. Kemeny and J. L. Snell, Finite Markov Chains, Van Nostrand, 1960.

Setting

Fix a stationary policy. Only the embedded chain and the mean one-step rewards matter for the infinite-step undiscounted model (the paper, p. 961: these processes "depend only on the means"). The data are:

  • a finite nonempty state set SSS and a transition matrix P=(pij)i,j∈SP = (p_{ij})_{i,j\in S}P=(pij​)i,j∈S​ with pij≥0p_{ij}\ge 0pij​≥0 and ∑jpij=1\sum_j p_{ij} = 1∑j​pij​=1;
  • the one-step expected rewards ρ∈RS\rho \in \mathbb R^Sρ∈RS (the paper's (I 17));
  • the terminal rewards V(0)∈RSV(0)\in\mathbb R^SV(0)∈RS.

The chain is ergodic (assumption 2, p. 951): PPP is irreducible, meaning every state can be reached from every other state with positive probability. PPP may be periodic. A stationary probability vector is π∈RS\pi\in\mathbb R^Sπ∈RS with πi≥0\pi_i\ge 0πi​≥0, ∑iπi=1\sum_i\pi_i = 1∑i​πi​=1 and πP=π\pi P = \piπP=π; Π\PiΠ denotes the matrix every row of which is π\piπ.

The nnn-step return of the policy is the recursion (I 16) without the maximization:

Vi(n)=ρi+∑jpijVj(n−1),n=1,2,…V_i(n) = \rho_i + \sum_{j} p_{ij}V_j(n-1),\qquad n = 1,2,\ldotsVi​(n)=ρi​+j∑​pij​Vj​(n−1),n=1,2,…

The system gain is G=∑iπiρiG = \sum_i \pi_i\rho_iG=∑i​πi​ρi​ (A 6), the bias after nnn steps is Wi(n)=Vi(n)−GnW_i(n) = V_i(n) - GnWi​(n)=Vi​(n)−Gn, and the fundamental matrix is Z=(I−P+Π)−1Z = (I - P + \Pi)^{-1}Z=(I−P+Π)−1 (A 7).

Formalization targets

Goal: gain and Cesàro bias of the infinite-step return

For every irreducible row-stochastic PPP, stationary π\piπ, rewards ρ\rhoρ and terminal rewards V(0)V(0)V(0): the matrix I−P+ΠI - P + \PiI−P+Π is invertible, and

lim⁡n→∞1n∑m=1nW(m)=(Z−Π)ρ+ΠV(0).\lim_{n\to\infty}\frac1n\sum_{m=1}^{n} W(m) = (Z - \Pi)\rho + \Pi V(0).n→∞lim​n1​m=1∑n​W(m)=(Z−Π)ρ+ΠV(0).

This is (A 4) with (A 5)–(A 7), in the form that is true for every ergodic chain and every terminal-reward vector.

Milestones

In order: the stationary vector exists, is unique and positive, and 1n∑k<nPk→Π\frac1n\sum_{k<n}P^k\to\Pin1​∑k<n​Pk→Π (Appendix A); the increment identity V(n)−V(n−1)=Pn−1ρV(n)-V(n-1) = P^{n-1}\rhoV(n)−V(n−1)=Pn−1ρ (A 1) for constant V(0)V(0)V(0); the Cesàro limit Πρ=G1\Pi\rho = G\mathbf 1Πρ=G1 of the increments (A 2); invertibility of I−(P−Π)I-(P-\Pi)I−(P−Π) and the relations PZ=ZPPZ = ZPPZ=ZP, πZ=π\pi Z = \piπZ=π, I−Z=Π−PZI - Z = \Pi - PZI−Z=Π−PZ; the Cesàro summability of I+∑j=1n−1(Pj−Π)I+\sum_{j=1}^{n-1}(P^j-\Pi)I+∑j=1n−1​(Pj−Π) to ZZZ; the finite-nnn bias formula (A 3) for constant V(0)V(0)V(0); the relative-value equations Wi+G=ρi+∑jpijWjW_i + G = \rho_i + \sum_j p_{ij}W_jWi​+G=ρi​+∑j​pij​Wj​ (4) for the limiting bias; and the paper's two-state machine example, where the four stationary policies have gains 70,50,80,6070, 50, 80, 6070,50,80,60, the policy (B,A)(B,A)(B,A) is optimal for every nnn with V1(n)=80n+170+(−1)n+1170V_1(n) = 80n+170+(-1)^{n+1}170V1​(n)=80n+170+(−1)n+1170, the limiting biases are ±170\pm170±170, and the relative values of (5) are 340340340 and 000.

Stronger: aperiodic chains

If PPP is moreover primitive (aperiodic), W(n)W(n)W(n) itself converges to (Z−Π)ρ+ΠV(0)(Z-\Pi)\rho + \Pi V(0)(Z−Π)ρ+ΠV(0). This is included as a supporting statement.

Significance

The asymptotic V(n)≈Gn+WV(n)\approx Gn + WV(n)≈Gn+W is what makes average-reward policy improvement work: substituting it into the recursion yields the linear equations (4), whose solution (the relative values) is the test quantity of the paper's algorithm. The gain identifies which stationary policy earns most per transition in the long run, and the bias separates policies of equal gain. The same gain–bias decomposition underlies average-cost dynamic programming, the analysis of Markov reward processes, and the deviation matrix used in sensitivity analysis of Markov chains.

The result is classical and proved on paper. Formalizing it adds, first, a machine-checked account of the fundamental matrix of an irreducible, possibly periodic, finite chain: invertibility of I−P+ΠI - P + \PiI−P+Π, its algebraic relations and its Cesàro characterization. Mathlib has irreducible and primitive nonnegative matrices and row-stochastic matrices, but no stationary-vector uniqueness for irreducible chains, no Cesàro ergodic theorem for finite chains, and no fundamental matrix. Second, it fixes two slips of the printed appendix (below) with an exact statement. No machine-checked proof of this result is known.

Difficulty

The obvious argument writes W(n)=∑k<n(Pk−Π)ρ+PnV(0)W(n) = \sum_{k<n}(P^k - \Pi)\rho + P^nV(0)W(n)=∑k<n​(Pk−Π)ρ+PnV(0) and passes to the limit term by term. This fails for periodic chains: PkP^kPk does not converge, Pk−ΠP^k - \PiPk−Π does not tend to zero, and the series ∑k(Pk−Π)\sum_k (P^k - \Pi)∑k​(Pk−Π) does not converge. The paper's own example (PPP swaps two states) is of this kind, and there W(n)W(n)W(n) oscillates forever. What survives is Cesàro convergence, and establishing it needs control of all eigenvalues of PPP of modulus one (they are simple roots of unity for an irreducible stochastic matrix) or an equivalent combinatorial argument. Invertibility of I−P+ΠI - P + \PiI−P+Π requires that 111 be a simple eigenvalue of PPP with left eigenvector π\piπ, which is the Perron–Frobenius uniqueness statement for irreducible matrices; positivity of all entries of PPP, or a one-step Doeblin condition, is not available.

Formalization scope

States are a finite type with decidable equality and at least one element; vectors are S → ℝ, matrices Matrix S S ℝ, column vectors act by P *ᵥ v, the row vector π\piπ by π ᵥ* P. Ergodicity is P ∈ Matrix.rowStochastic ℝ S ∧ P.IsIrreducible. The stationary vector is a hypothesis-constrained parameter (nonnegative, summing to one, πP=π\pi P = \piπP=π), which is unique by the first milestone. Π\PiΠ, GGG and ZZZ are definitions computed from PPP, π\piπ and ρ\rhoρ, never free variables. Cesàro means are 1n∑m=1n\frac1n\sum_{m=1}^{n}n1​∑m=1n​, equal to 000 at n=0n = 0n=0. Mathlib's matrix inverse is 000 on singular matrices, so the goal asserts invertibility of I−P+ΠI - P + \PiI−P+Π explicitly.

Two printed slips are corrected, and the milestone texts are kept verbatim:

  1. The paper's (A 4)–(A 5) have +V(0)+V(0)+V(0) where iterating (I 16) gives PnV(0)P^nV(0)PnV(0), whose Cesàro limit is ΠV(0)\Pi V(0)ΠV(0). The goal uses ΠV(0)\Pi V(0)ΠV(0); this is also the only form consistent with the paper's equation (4). Accordingly (A 1) and (A 3), which hold exactly when PV(0)=V(0)PV(0) = V(0)PV(0)=V(0), carry the hypothesis that V(0)V(0)V(0) is constant. The paper's example has V(0)=0V(0) = 0V(0)=0, where both readings agree.
  2. The paper writes ordinary limits while noting that Pn−1P^{n-1}Pn−1 "converges or is Cesàro-summable". The goal and (A 2) are Cesàro limits; an ordinary limit is false for periodic chains.

The printed π={π1,…,πn}\pi = \{\pi_1,\ldots,\pi_n\}π={π1​,…,πn​} uses nnn for the number of states NNN.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: ZZZ is not a junk inverse (invertibility is part of the goal), π\piπ is a genuine stationary probability vector of PPP rather than an arbitrary vector, GGG is computed from π\piπ and ρ\rhoρ, and the hypotheses are met by the paper's periodic two-state example.

Needed infrastructure: stationary vectors of irreducible stochastic matrices (existence, positivity, uniqueness), the Cesàro ergodic theorem 1n∑k<nPk→Π\frac1n\sum_{k<n}P^k\to\Pin1​∑k<n​Pk→Π, and the fundamental matrix. These are reusable for any finite-chain average-reward result. Contributions proving any milestone, or the aperiodic variant, are welcome.

Selected references

  • W. S. Jewell, Markov-Renewal Programming. II: Infinite Return Models, Example, Operations Research 11(6), 949–971, 1963. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.11.6.949
  • W. S. Jewell, Markov-Renewal Programming. I: Formulation, Finite Return Models, Operations Research 11(6), 938–948, 1963. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.11.6.938
  • J. G. Kemeny and J. L. Snell, Finite Markov Chains, Van Nostrand, 1960.
  • R. A. Howard, Dynamic Programming and Markov Processes, MIT Press, 1960.
  • E. Seneta, Non-negative Matrices and Markov Chains, 2nd ed., Springer, 2006. https://doi.org/10.1007/0-387-32792-4
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Dynamic ProgrammingOperations ResearchStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Markov-Renewal Programming. II: Infinite Return Models, Example I: Policy Iteration Finds a Stationary Policy of Maximal Gain RateResearch Paper

Motivation

Many controlled systems do not move in unit time steps. A machine runs for a random time before it breaks down, a repair takes a random time, a queue sits in a state until the next arrival or departure. A Markov-renewal program (in later terminology a semi-Markov decision process) models such a system: the sequence of visited states is a Markov chain controlled by the decision maker, but each transition takes a random time and earns a reward that may depend on that time. When the horizon is long and rewards are not discounted, the natural criterion is the gain rate, the long-run expected reward per unit of time, not per transition.

Howard's policy-iteration algorithm (Howard 1960) finds a policy of maximal gain per transition for finite Markov decision processes. W. S. Jewell's Markov-Renewal Programming. II (Oper. Res. 11 (1963) 949–971) extends it to the time-average criterion. The paper's Fig. 2 gives the algorithm; pp. 954–955 state its claim: the algorithm "will find an optimal stationary policy for the infinite-time, undiscounted model, in the sense that the policy will have a gain rate, ggg, which is at least as large as that obtained for any other policy". Appendix D compares Jewell's test quantity with an alternative one proposed by P. Schweitzer, and states the identity (D 3) that measures the gain-rate improvement produced by either.

Timeline. Howard (1960) introduced policy iteration for the per-transition gain of finite Markov decision processes, and sketched a semi-Markov version. Jewell (1963, Parts I and II) developed Markov-renewal programming, with the ratio test quantity of Fig. 2 for the undiscounted time-average case. Schweitzer (unpublished MIT report, cited in Appendix D) proposed the test quantity (D 1). The ratio criterion was later treated systematically for semi-Markov decision processes (e.g. Puterman 1994, Ch. 11).

Setting

There are finitely many states i=1,…,Ni = 1, \dots, Ni=1,…,N and, in each state, finitely many alternatives zzz. Under alternative zzz in state iii the next state is jjj with probability pijzp^z_{ij}pijz​ (pijz≥0p^z_{ij} \ge 0pijz​≥0, ∑jpijz=1\sum_j p^z_{ij} = 1∑j​pijz​=1). The transition i→ji \to ji→j takes a random time with finite mean νijz\nu^z_{ij}νijz​, and the transition out of iii earns an expected reward ρiz\rho^z_iρiz​. The mean sojourn time is νiz=∑jpijzνijz\nu^z_i = \sum_j p^z_{ij}\nu^z_{ij}νiz​=∑j​pijz​νijz​, and it is positive.

A stationary policy zzz picks one alternative z(i)z(i)z(i) in each state. Its chain has transition matrix Pijz=pijz(i)P^z_{ij} = p^{z(i)}_{ij}Pijz​=pijz(i)​, and ρi\rho_iρi​, νi\nu_iνi​ denote the data of z(i)z(i)z(i). The paper's standing assumption 2 is that this chain is ergodic (irreducible) for every policy. Let π\piπ be the stationary probability vector of PzP^zPz (πi≥0\pi_i \ge 0πi​≥0, ∑iπi=1\sum_i \pi_i = 1∑i​πi​=1, πPz=π\pi P^z = \piπPz=π). The gain rate of zzz is (B 7):

g=∑i=1Nπiρi∑k=1Nπkνk.g = \frac{\sum_{i=1}^{N} \pi_i \rho_i}{\sum_{k=1}^{N} \pi_k \nu_k}.g=∑k=1N​πk​νk​∑i=1N​πi​ρi​​.

The value-determination equations (13) of zzz are, in the N+1N+1N+1 unknowns g,v1,…,vNg, v_1, \dots, v_Ng,v1​,…,vN​,

vi+g νi=ρi+∑j=1Npijvj(i=1,…,N),vN=0.v_i + g\,\nu_i = \rho_i + \sum_{j=1}^{N} p_{ij} v_j \quad (i = 1, \dots, N), \qquad v_N = 0.vi​+gνi​=ρi​+j=1∑N​pij​vj​(i=1,…,N),vN​=0.

The test quantity of Fig. 2 for alternative zzz in state iii is 1νiz{ρiz+∑jpijzvj−vi}\frac{1}{\nu^z_i}\{\rho^z_i + \sum_j p^z_{ij} v_j - v_i\}νiz​1​{ρiz​+∑j​pijz​vj​−vi​}. One cycle of the algorithm solves (13) for the current policy and then chooses, in every state, an alternative that maximizes the test quantity, retaining the current alternative when it already attains the maximum. The algorithm stops when the policy does not change.

Formalization targets

Goal: Fig. 2 terminates at a policy of maximal gain rate

For every run z0,z1,…z_0, z_1, \dotsz0​,z1​,… of the algorithm, from any initial policy and with any choice among tied maximizers, there is KKK with zK+1=zKz_{K+1} = z_KzK+1​=zK​; and whenever zK+1=zKz_{K+1} = z_KzK+1​=zK​, gKg_KgK​ is the gain rate of zKz_KzK​ and, for every stationary policy z′z'z′,

gz′=∑iπi′ρiz′(i)∑kπk′νkz′(k)  ≤  gK.g^{z'} = \frac{\sum_i \pi'_i \rho^{z'(i)}_i}{\sum_k \pi'_k \nu^{z'(k)}_k} \;\le\; g_K .gz′=∑k​πk′​νkz′(k)​∑i​πi′​ρiz′(i)​​≤gK​.

Milestones

  1. (12)–(13), p. 955. The equations (13) have exactly one solution, and its ggg equals (B 7).
  2. (D 3), p. 970. For policies AAA, BBB, with Γj\Gamma_jΓj​ and γj\gamma_jγj​ the changes in the test quantities (D 1) and (D 2) computed with AAA's (g,v)(g, v)(g,v), and PjB=νjBπjB/∑kπkBνkBP^B_j = \nu^B_j\pi^B_j / \sum_k \pi^B_k\nu^B_kPjB​=νjB​πjB​/∑k​πkB​νkB​ the time-stationary probabilities (C 12),
gB−gA=∑jΓjνjBPjB=∑jγjPjB.g^B - g^A = \sum_{j} \frac{\Gamma_j}{\nu^B_j} P^B_j = \sum_j \gamma_j P^B_j .gB−gA=j∑​νjB​Γj​​PjB​=j∑​γj​PjB​.
  1. p. 955. If the test quantity indicates a change from z1z_1z1​ to z2z_2z2​, then gz2>gz1g^{z_2} > g^{z_1}gz2​>gz1​.
  2. (29)–(30), p. 961. For two states with p12,p21>0p_{12}, p_{21} > 0p12​,p21​>0: g=(p21ρ1+p12ρ2)/(ν1p21+ν2p12)g = (p_{21}\rho_1 + p_{12}\rho_2)/(\nu_1 p_{21} + \nu_2 p_{12})g=(p21​ρ1​+p12​ρ2​)/(ν1​p21​+ν2​p12​) and v1=(ν2ρ1−ν1ρ2)/(ν1p21+ν2p12)v_1 = (\nu_2\rho_1 - \nu_1\rho_2)/(\nu_1 p_{21} + \nu_2 p_{12})v1​=(ν2​ρ1​−ν1​ρ2​)/(ν1​p21​+ν2​p12​), v2=0v_2 = 0v2​=0.

Significance

The result makes the time-average criterion computable: a finite sequence of linear solves and pointwise maximizations produces a policy whose reward per unit time is optimal among all stationary policies. The identity (D 3) is the quantitative content: it expresses the gain-rate change as an average of local improvements, weighted by the fraction of time the new policy spends in each state. Both test quantities, Jewell's (D 2) and Schweitzer's (D 1), are covered by it. When every νiz=1\nu^z_i = 1νiz​=1 the model is a Markov decision process and the algorithm is Howard's.

The result is classical and has textbook proofs for semi-Markov decision processes. The paper states the proof as "elementary" and does not write it out. None of it is machine-checked on Prove2Me, and no semi-Markov or ratio-criterion result is on the platform. The mission produces a checked account of value determination for irreducible finite chains, the improvement identity, and termination of policy iteration under ties.

Difficulty

The gain rate is a ratio, so the per-transition argument for Markov decision processes does not transfer by rescaling rewards: the denominator ∑kπkνk\sum_k\pi_k\nu_k∑k​πk​νk​ changes with the policy. Comparing two policies requires weighting local improvements by the new policy's time-stationary probabilities, and a strict improvement needs those probabilities to be positive in every state, which uses irreducibility of the new policy, not only of the current one. Termination rests on the retain-on-tie rule: without it the algorithm can cycle among tied maximizers without improving. Finally, (13) has N+1N+1N+1 unknowns and N+1N+1N+1 equations only because of the normalization vN=0v_N = 0vN​=0; its unique solvability is a statement about the kernel and range of I−PI - PI−P for an irreducible stochastic PPP.

Formalization scope

States are Fin N with NeZero N; the paper's state NNN is index N−1N-1N−1 (lastState N). Alternatives form a type α; the goal assumes Fintype α and Nonempty α. The model records only pijzp^z_{ij}pijz​, νijz≥0\nu^z_{ij} \ge 0νijz​≥0 and ρiz\rho^z_iρiz​, with νiz>0\nu^z_i > 0νiz​>0 as a field. The transition-time distributions and reward functions of the paper enter the undiscounted infinite-time model only through these means, and every such choice of means is realized by some distributions, so nothing is lost. Ergodicity is Matrix.IsIrreducible of the policy matrix for every policy. Stationary vectors are nonnegative, sum to one and satisfy πP=π\pi P = \piπP=π; every statement quantifies over all of them.

The gain rate is defined by its closed form (B 7). Its identification with lim⁡t→∞vi(t)/t\lim_{t\to\infty} v_i(t)/tlimt→∞​vi​(t)/t ((B 6), argued in Appendix B from renewal theory) is not part of the mission. (13) is stated with the full sum ∑j=1N\sum_{j=1}^N∑j=1N​, equal to the paper's ∑j=1N−1\sum_{j=1}^{N-1}∑j=1N−1​ because vN=0v_N = 0vN​=0. The paper states (D 3) for a policy AAA "which led to an improved policy BBB"; the identity holds for any two policies and is stated that way. A run of the algorithm is a relation, not a chosen argmax: the goal quantifies over every run, so the termination claim cannot be met by a particular tie-breaking. A run begins at an arbitrary policy; the "initial set of returns" entry of Fig. 2 is a run started one cycle later.

A formalization in which the improvement step already asserts optimality, or in which termination is assumed, would be trivial; here the step only asks for pointwise maximization of the test quantity, and termination is part of the conclusion.

Needed infrastructure: stationary vectors of irreducible stochastic matrices (existence, uniqueness, strict positivity), the kernel of I−PI - PI−P, and finite-policy termination arguments. These are reusable for any finite Markov decision or semi-Markov model. Proofs of any milestone, and of the ν≡1\nu \equiv 1ν≡1 specialization, are welcome.

Selected references

  • W. S. Jewell, Markov-Renewal Programming. II: Infinite Return Models, Example, Operations Research 11(6), 949–971, 1963. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.11.6.949
  • W. S. Jewell, Markov-Renewal Programming. I: Formulation, Finite Return Models, Operations Research 11(6), 938–948, 1963. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.11.6.938
  • R. A. Howard, Dynamic Programming and Markov Processes, MIT Press, 1960. https://mitpress.mit.edu/9780262080095/
  • M. L. Puterman, Markov Decision Processes: Discrete Stochastic Dynamic Programming, Wiley, 1994. https://doi.org/10.1002/9780470316887
7 thms2 active usersReviewed
PreviousPage 3 of 4Next

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

About Prove2Me

Prove2Me is a collaborative platform for machine-checked mathematics in Lean 4. Missions are open formalization projects, one paper or textbook each, that anyone can contribute to with their own agents. Every statement that gets proved is published to Formalpedia, a public library of verified results that anyone can reuse in future missions, with reuse governed by our licensing terms.

How Prove2Me worksResearch paper
SKILL.mdTourFAQContactTerms
© 2026 Prove2Me